JVC XV C3SL LET0213 008A_Eng User Manual C3SL, 008A

User Manual: JVC XV-C3SL XV-C3SL, XV-C3SL English, Arabic,

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 121

DownloadJVC XV-C3SL LET0213-008A_Eng User Manual XV-C3SL, LET0213-008A
Open PDF In BrowserView PDF
XV-C3SL / LET0213-008A / Cover


  !!  "!

DVD VIDEO PLAYER

XV-C3SL

TV

DVD

TV2

TV1

TO

Preliminary knowledge

5

Getting started

13

Basic operations

21

Advanced operations

25

1

2

TV4

TV5

MP3 disc playback

40

Initial settings

45

Additional information

52

TV3

3

4

5

TV7

TV8

TV6

6
TV9

7

8

9

TV

TV0

MUTING

10

0

+10
TV/VIDEO
CANCEL

RETURN

P

2

STANDBY/ON
TV
DVD

OPEN/
CLOSE

ME

Introduction

NU CH

ME
NU

+

VOL-

VOL+

ENTER
CH

AY
PL
DIS
NEXT

CH
-

OI

CE
PREVIOUS

CLEAR

SELECT

SLOW-

PLAY
MODE

SUB TITLE

DIGEST

ANGLE

3D
PHONIC

STANDBY

STROBE

SLOW+

STANDBY/ON

THEATER
AUDIO POSITION

ZOOM

-AMP VOL +

XV-C3
RM-SXV005U
REMOTE CONTROL

INSTRUCTIONS

LET0213-008A
[UG]

XV-C3SL / LET0213-008A / Safety


  !!  "!

Warnings, Cautions and Others
CAUTION
To reduce the risk of electrical shocks, fire, etc.:
1. Do not remove screws, covers or cabinet.
2. Do not expose this appliance to rain or moisture.

Caution ––
switch!
Disconnect the mains plug to shut the power off completely. The
switch in any position does not disconnect the meins line. The
power can be remote controlled.

CAUTION
• Do not block the ventilation openings or holes.
(If the ventilation openings or holes are blocked by a newspaper
or cloth, etc., the heat may not be able to get out.)
• Do not place any naked flame sources, such as lighted candles,
on the apparatus.
• When discarding batteries, environmental problems must be
consid-ered and local rules or laws governing the disposal of
these batteries must be followed strictly.
• Do not expose this apparatus to rain, moisture, dripping or
splashing and that no objects filled with liquids, such as vases,
shall be placed on the apparatus.

Caution: Proper Ventilation
To avoide risk of electric shock and fire and to protect from
damage.
Locate the apparatus as follows:
Front:
No obstructions and open spacing.
Sides:
No obstructions in 3 cm from the sides.
Top:
No obstructions in 5 cm from the top.
Back:
No obstructions in 15 cm from the back
Bottom:
No obstructions, place on the level surface.

Spacing 15 cm or more

Front

XV-C3SL
Wall or
obstructions

Stand height
5 cm or more

Floor

IMPORTANT FOR LASER PRODUCTS
REPRODUCTION OF LABELS
1 CLASSIFICATION LABEL, PLACED ON REAR ENCLOSURE

CLASS
LASER

1
PRODUCT

1. CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT
2. CAUTION: Visible and invisible laser radiation when open and
interlock failed or defeated. Avoid direct exposure to beam.
3. CAUTION: Do not open the top cover. There are no user
serviceable parts inside the Unit; leave all servicing to qualified
service personnel.

2 WARNING LABEL, PLACED INSIDE THE UNIT

CAUTION: Invisible laser
radiation when open and
interlock failed or defeated.
AVOID DIRECT EXPOSURE
TO BEAM.
(e)

VARNING: Osynlig laserstrålning när denna del är
öppnad och spärren är
urkopplad. Betrakta ej
strålen.
(s)

ADVARSEL: Usynlig laserstråling ved åbning, når
sikkerhedsafbrydere er ude
af funktion. Undgå udsættelse for stråling
(d)

VARO: Avattaessa ja suojalukitus ohitettaessa olet
alttiina näkymättömälle
lasersäteilylle. Älä katso
säteeseen.
(f)

XV-C3SL / LET0213-008A / English


  !!  "!

Table of Contents

English

Table of Contents
Introduction

Changing the playback order ................................. 31
Page 2

Features.......................................................................2
Supplied accessories..................................................2
About this instruction manual ..................................3
Notes on handling......................................................4

Preliminary knowledge

Page 5

Names of parts and controls.....................................5
Front panel................................................................. 5
Display window......................................................... 5
Remote control unit .................................................. 6
Rear panel.................................................................. 8

Operational Principles................................................9
On-screen displays.................................................... 9
To prevent the monitor from burning out
[SCREEN SAVER] ................................................. 10
On-screen guide icons ............................................ 11
How to use numeric buttons.................................. 11

About discs ...............................................................12
Playable disc types.................................................. 12
Disc structure........................................................... 12

Getting started

To playback in the desired order [PROGRAM] ..... 31
To playback in random order [RANDOM]............ 32

Repeat playback ...................................................... 32
To repeat the current selection or all tracks
[REPEAT]............................................................... 32
To repeat a desired part [A-B REPEAT] ................. 33

Selecting a scene angle of DVD VIDEO................. 34
To select a scene angle from the normal
screen [ANGLE].................................................... 34
To select a scene angle from the angle list
display [ANGLE]................................................... 35

Changing the language and sound........................ 35
To select the subtitle language [SUBTITLE] ......... 35
To change the audio language or sound
[AUDIO]................................................................. 36

Selecting the picture character.............................. 37
To select the picture character
[THEATER POSITION].......................................... 37

Enjoying virtual surround sound ........................... 37
To simulate surround sound [3D PHONIC] ........... 37

Checking the status................................................. 38
To check the disc/time information ....................... 38
To check the DVD function status.......................... 39

Page 13

To dim the brightness of the display window...... 39

Connections..............................................................13

Dimming brightness of the display window......... 39

Before making any connections ............................ 13
To connect to a TV .................................................. 13
To connect to a TV with the component video
input jacks............................................................. 14
To connect to an audio amplifier or receiver........ 15
To connect to audio equipment
with a digital input ............................................... 16
To connect the power cord .................................... 17

About MP3 disc........................................................ 40
Unavailable functions ............................................. 40
Basic operations ...................................................... 41

To install batteries in the remote control unit ......18
To use the remote control unit for TV operation ....19

Basic operations

Page 21

Setting TV-DVD switch to DVD ..............................21
Turning on/off the unit............................................21
Inserting and removing discs..................................22
Basic playback ..........................................................22
To start playback ..................................................... 22
To stop playback completely ................................. 23
To stop playback temporarily ................................ 23
To advance or reverse playback rapidly while
monitoring............................................................ 23
To locate the beginning of the scene or song ...... 23

Resuming playback..................................................24
To memorize the interrupted position .................. 24
To resume playback................................................ 24

Advanced operations

Page 25

Playing from a specific position on a disc..............25
To locate a desired scene from the DVD menu .... 25
To locate a desired scene from the menu of the
Video CD/SVCD with PBC.................................... 25
To locate a desired selection using the numeric
buttons.................................................................. 26
To locate a desired selection using 4 or ¢ .... 26
To locate a desired scene by specifying the
chapter number [CHAP.SEARCH]....................... 27
To locate a desired position in the current
title or track [TIME SEARCH]............................... 27
To locate a desired scene from the display
[DIGEST] ............................................................... 28

MP3 disc playback

Page 40

Basic operations using the basic control buttons... 41
Track/Group selection using the numeric buttons ... 41

Advanced functions................................................. 42
Program playback ................................................... 42
Random playback.................................................... 43
Repeat playback ...................................................... 43
Disc/time information ............................................. 44

Initial settings

Page 45

Selecting preferences.............................................. 45
How to set preferences........................................... 45
LANGUAGE page .................................................... 45
AUDIO page............................................................. 46
DISPLAY page ......................................................... 48
SYSTEM page.......................................................... 49

Limiting playback by children ................................ 49
To set Parental Lock for the first time
[PARENTAL LOCK]............................................... 49
To change the settings [PARENTAL LOCK] ......... 50
To temporarily release the Parental lock
[PARENTAL LOCK] .............................................. 51

Additional information

Page 52

AV COMPU LINK remote control system.............. 52
Connection and setup............................................. 52
Operation ................................................................. 52

Care and handling of discs ..................................... 53
Troubleshooting ...................................................... 54
Specifications........................................................... 56
Appendix A : Table of languages and their
abbreviations ........................................................ 57
Appendix B : Country/Area code list for
parental lock ......................................................... 58

Special picture playback..........................................29
To advance a still picture frame-by-frame ............ 29
To display continuous still pictures [STROBE] ..... 29
To playback in slow-motion [SLOW]..................... 30
To zoom a scene [ZOOM]....................................... 30

1

XV-C3SL / LET0213-008A / English


   !!  "!

Introduction
Features

Supplied accessories

Picture functions

• Audio/video cable (x 1)

T
V
1

1
T

4

N
A
T
S V
T

V

V

T

4
7

V

D
V
D N
/O
Y D
B V
D D

V

T

T

2

T

2

7
T

V

V
5

5
T

Introduction

/
NE
S

E
P
O LO
C

N
R
U
T
E
R

10

3

8

V

8

T

V

3

T

6
V
U

9

M

9

H

L

C

T

O

6

V

0

V

0

T

V

U

+

T

C H OI C

G

/V
V
T CA

C
N

N
T
+
L

R

O

A

V

LE

U
MEN

R

H

E

C

0 O
+ 1 IDE EL

IN

E

E

C
S

S
X

T

E

C

N

LE

Y
LA E
P OD

W

-

E

LO

DIS
PLA

Y

T

S
T
R
O
B
E

S
LO
W

+

R
E
T N
A
E IO
H IT
T OS
P

IO
D
U
A

LE
G
N
A
P
M

A

M
O
O
Z

L
O
V

2

E
R

Functions with (*) mark only work on a DVD VIDEO
disc that is compatible with each function.

EV
IOUS -

SU
B TIT
LE

-

5U OL
00 TR
V N
X O
-S E C
M T
R MO

■ Multi-language subtitles and sound*
You can select a subtitle or sound language from
those recorded on the DVD VIDEO disc.
■ Multi-disc playback
You can enjoy Audio CD, Video CD and SVCD
discs as well as DVD VIDEO discs.
In addition, you can also enjoy MP3 discs.
■ Operation from the on-screen display
User-friendly on-screen displays allow you to
operate the unit easily.

3D NIC
O
H
P

Other functions

T

■ High quality digital sound
You can enjoy high quality sound with Dolby
Digital or Linear-PCM.
■ Surround function*
The unit accommodates the Dolby Digital, DTS
and MPEG multichannel surround systems.
(These surround signals are output only from the
DIGITAL OUT jacks.)
■ 3D PHONIC function
You can enjoy surround sound with your 2-channel
system.

T O P MEN

PR

S
E
IG
D

Audio functions

• Remote Control Unit (x 1)

M

■ Strobe function
The unit can display nine continuous still pictures
on the TV screen.
■ Digest function
You can select the desired selection to be played
from the opening scenes displayed on the TV
screen.
■ Angle function*
You can select a desired angle from multiple
camera angles recorded on the DVD VIDEO disc.
■ Zoom function
You can view scenes close-up.
■ Parental lock*
You can restrict the playback of DVD VIDEO discs
with scenes which you do not want children to
see, such as adult or violent films.
■ Theater position
You can select the picture character according to
the lighting of your room.

+

• R6P(SUM-3)/AA(15F) batteries (x 2)

• AC power plug (x 1)

XV-C3SL / LET0213-008A / English


  !!  "!

Introduction

English

About this instruction manual
• This instruction manual basically explains operations according to the format as below.
• For operations for MP3 discs, see “MP3 disc playback” on and after page 40. The other sections of this
manual do not refer to MP3 discs playback.

You can play titles or tracks on a disc inserted in
random order by using the Random function.
TV

DVD

STANDBY/ON
TV
DVD

OPEN/
CLOSE
TV1

TV2

1

TV3

2

TV4

3

TV5

4

5

TV7

TV8

TV6

6
TV9

7

8

9

TV

TV0

MUTING

10

0

+10
TV/VIDEO
CANCEL

TO

RETURN

3

P

ME

These symbols
indicate the types
of discs which the
operation can be
used for.

Introduction

To playback in random order
[RANDOM]

NU CH

ME
NU

+

VOL-

VOL+

ENTER
CH

CH
-

OI

P
DIS
NEXT

CE
PREVIOUS

CLEAR

SELECT

SLOW-

1

Y

2

The number
indicates the
following procedural
step(s) in which the
button(s) is(are)
used.
You may also use the
corresponding
buttons on the front
panel of the unit if
available.

SLOW+

PLAY
MODE

SUB TITLE

DIGEST

ANGLE

3D
PHONIC

LA

STROBE

THEATER
AUDIO POSITION

ZOOM

-AMP VOL +

RM-SXV005U
REMOTE CONTROL

7 While stopped

1 Press PLAY MODE.
The play mode menu appears on the TV
screen.

The number
indicates the
procedural step.

2 Use CURSOR 2/3 to move

to

[RANDOM].
REPEAT

PROGRAM

RANDOM

3 Press ENTER.
The unit starts random playback.
The “RANDOM” indicator appears in the
display window on the front panel. After
playing all titles/tracks of the discs, random
playback ends.

Other convenient
procedures, etc.

The names of buttons
on the remote control
unit (or on the front
panel of the unit) are
all given in uppercase
letters.

• The same title or track will not be played back
more than once during random play.

• To stop/quit random playback in the middle
Press 7 to stop playback. The unit is still in
random playback mode, so pressing 3 starts
random playback again.
To quit random playback, press 7 again while
stopped. The “RANDOM” indicator in the display
window turns off.
NOTE

Additional
supplemental
remarks.

• Some DVD VIDEO discs may not be played
back correctly in the random mode.

3

XV-C3SL / LET0213-008A / English


#  !!  "!

Introduction

Introduction

Notes on handling
Important cautions

Safety precautions

Installation of the unit
• Select a place which is level, dry and neither too
hot nor too cold (between 5oC and 35oC).
• Leave sufficient distance between the unit and the
TV.
• Do not use the player in a place subject to
vibrations.

Avoid moisture, water and dust
Do not place the unit in moist or dusty places.

Power cord
• Do not handle the power cord with wet hands!
• A small amount of power* is always consumed
while the power cord is connected to the wall
outlet.
• When unplugging the player from the wall outlet,
always pull the plug, not the power cord.
* :For power consumption in standby mode, see
“Specifications” on page 56.

To prevent malfunction of the unit
• There are no user-serviceable parts inside.
If anything goes wrong, unplug the power cord
and consult your dealer.
• Do not insert any metallic object into the unit.
• Do not use any non-standard shape disc available
on the market, because it may damage the unit.
• Do not use a disc with tape, seals, or paste on it,
because damage to the unit may result.
Note about copyright laws
• Please check the copyright laws in your country
before recording from DVD VIDEO, Audio CD,
Video CD, SVCD and MP3 discs. Recording of
copyrighted material may infringe copyright laws.

Avoid high temperatures
Do not expose the unit to direct sunlight or place it
nearby a heating device.
When you are away
When you are away on travel or otherwise for an
extended period of time, remove the plug from the
wall outlet.
Do not insert foreign objects into the unit
Do not insert wires, hairpins, coins, etc. into the
unit.
Do not block the vents
Blocking the vents may damage the unit.
Care of the cabinet
When cleaning the unit, use a soft cloth and follow
the relevant instructions on the use of chemicallycoated cloths. Do not use benzene, thinner or other
organic solvents and disinfectants. These may
cause deformation or discoloring.
If water gets inside the unit
Turn off the power switch and remove the plug from
the wall outlet, then call the store where you made
your purchase. Using the unit in this state may
cause a fire or electrical shock.

Note about the copyguard system
• The DVD VIDEO disc is protected by the copyguard
system. When you connect the unit to your VCR
directly, the copyguard system activates and the
picture may not be played back correctly.

This product incorporates copyright protection technology that is protected by method claims of certain
U.S. patents and other intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision Corporation and other rights
owners. Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorized by Macrovision Corporation,
and is intended for home and other limited viewing uses only unless otherwise authorized by
Macrovision Corporation. Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited.
Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. “Dolby” and double-D symbol are trademarks of
Dolby Laboratories. Confidential Unpublished Works.
© 1992-1997 Dolby Laboratories, Inc. All rights reserved.
Manufactured under license from Digital Theater Systems, Inc. US Pat. No. 5,451,942 and other worldwide patents issued and pending. “DTS” and “DTS Digital Surround” are trademarks of Digital Theater
Systems, Inc.
Copyright 1996 Digital Theater Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.

4

XV-C3SL / LET0213-008A / English


$  !!  "!

Preliminary knowledge
English

Names of parts and controls
Refer to the corresponding pages indicated in ( ) for details.

Front panel
1

2

3

5

4

6

STANDBY

Preliminary
knowledge

STANDBY/ON

7

1 STANDBY/ON

9

8

0

-

7 Remote sensor

button (21)

Receives signals from the remote control unit.

Turns the unit on or off (standby).

8 Display window (below)

2 STANDBY indicator
Lights when the power cord is connected and the
unit is on standby. When the unit is turned on, the
STANDBY indicator goes off.

3 Disc tray (22)

Indicates the current status of the unit.

9 7 (STOP) button (23, 41)
Stops playback.

0 3 (PLAY) button (22, 41)
Starts playback. Also, used as a SELECT button for
PBC of Video CDs/SVCDs.

Used to load a disc.

4 LED
Lights up when the unit is turned on and goes out
when the unit is turned off (standby).

- 8 (PAUSE) button (23, 41)
Pauses playback. Also, used to display nine
continuous still pictures (STROBE function).

5 0 (OPEN/CLOSE) button (22)
Used to open and close the disc tray.

6 4/¢ (SKIP) buttons (23, 41)
Used to skip a chapter, title or track. Also, used for the
page selection of a menu screen (for Video CD/SVCD).
Holding down 4 or ¢ during playback reverses
or advances playback rapidly (except MP3).

Display window
1
VCDVD

2

3
1 A-B

GROUP TITLE TRACK CHAP

PROGRAM
RANDOM

4

1 Disc indicator
Indicates the type of the disc set in the disc tray. When
a DVD VIDEO disc is set, “DVD” lights up. When a
SVCD or Video CD disc is set, “VCD” lights up. When
an Audio CD or MP3 disc is set, “CD” lights up.

2 Group/title/track/chapter indicators

5

4 PROGRAM/RANDOM indicators
The appropriate indicator illuminates while the unit
is in the Program or Random playback mode.

5 Multi-information window
Displays the current group/title/track/chapter
number(s), time and status information.

Displays group/title/track, or chapter number.

3 Repeat mode indicators
The appropriate indicator illuminates according to
the current repeat mode.

5

XV-C3SL / LET0213-008A / English


%  !!  "!

Preliminary knowledge

Remote control unit
#

1

TV

^
TV2

TV1

TV3

1

2

3

TV4

TV5

TV6

4

5

6

TV7

TV8

TV9

7

8

9

TV

TV0

MUTING

10

0

+10
TV/VIDEO
CANCEL

RETURN

P

TO

Preliminary
knowledge

3
4
5

$
%

STANDBY/ON
TV
DVD

OPEN/
CLOSE

2

DVD

NU CH
ME
+

ME
NU

VOL-

VOL+

&
*
(

ENTER

6
7
8

C

HO

CH
-

IC E

DIS
NEXT

PREVIOUS
CLEAR

SELECT

PL

AY

STROBE

9
0
=
~

SLOW-

PLAY
MODE

SUB TITLE

DIGEST

ANGLE

3D
PHONIC

SLOW+
THEATER
AUDIO POSITION

ZOOM

)
_
+
¡
™
£
¢

-AMP VOL +

!
@

§
RM-SXV005U
REMOTE CONTROL

1 OPEN/CLOSE button (22)
Opens and closes the disc tray.

2 Numeric buttons (11, 19)
When the TV - DVD switch is set to DVD, these
buttons are used to specify a title, chapter, track or
group number.
Also used to enter a time for the Time search and a
chapter number for the Chapter search.
When the TV - DVD switch is set to TV, these buttons
are used to select a TV channel as well as mute the
TV audio.

3 RETURN button (26)
Returns to the previous menu (for DVD VIDEO/Video
CD/SVCD).

4 TOP MENU button (25)
Displays the top menu of a DVD VIDEO disc on the
TV screen.

6

5 CURSOR (5
5 Up, ∞ Down) - CH (+/–) buttons
When the TV - DVD switch is set to DVD, these
buttons are used to select an item from a menu or
on-screen display, or to change the setting of an
on-screen display item.
In this case, we call them “CURSOR 5/∞” buttons in
this manual.
When the TV - DVD switch is set to TV, they are used
to select a TV channel.

6 CURSOR (2
2 Left, 3 Right) - VOL (+/–) buttons
When the TV - DVD switch is set to DVD, these
buttons are used to select an item from a menu or
on-screen display, or to change the setting of an onscreen display item.
In this case, we call them “CURSOR 2/3” buttons in
this manual.
When the TV - DVD switch is set to TV, they are used
to change the TV audio volume.

XV-C3SL / LET0213-008A / English


&  !!  "!

Preliminary knowledge

& TV/VIDEO - CANCEL button (19)

Displays the preference on-screen display on the TV
screen.

8 4/PREVIOUS button (23, 26, 41)
Skips back a chapter, title, track. Also used for the
page selection of a menu screen (for DVD VIDEO/
Video CD/SVCD).
Holding down this button during playback reverses
playback rapidly (except MP3 disc).

9 7/CLEAR button (23, 31, 41)
Stops playback. Also used to clear all the
programmed selection for the program play.

0 1/SLOW– button (23, 30, 41)
Pressing this button during playback reverses
playback rapidly (except MP3 disc).
With an MP3 disc, pressing this button skips back a
Group.
Pressing this button while a DVD VIDEO disc is
paused reverses playback slowly.

- PLAY MODE button (27, 31, 32, 33, 42, 43)
Displays an on-screen display, for controlling the
advanced playback functions.

= SUBTITLE button (35)
Used to display the subtitle selection display on the
TV screen, as well as used to turn the subtitle on or
off (for DVD VIDE/SVCD).

~ DIGEST button (28)
Displays beginning scenes of each title, chapter or
track on the TV screen (for DVD VIDEO/Video CD/
SVCD).

! 3D PHONIC button (37)
Produces a simulated surround effect.

@ ANGLE button (34, 35)
Changes camera angles during playback of a DVD
VIDEO disc containing multiple camera angles (for
DVD VIDEO).

# Infrared signal-emitting window
Point this window toward the remote sensor on the
front panel when pressing buttons.

$ TV STANDBY/ON

button (19, 20)

Turns the TV on or off (standby).

% TV - DVD switch (19, 21)
When setting this switch to “TV,” the numeric,
cursor and TV/VIDEO - CANCEL buttons are used to
control your TV.
When setting it to “DVD,” these buttons are used to
control the unit.

^ DVD STANDBY/ON

English

Switches the TV input mode when the TV - DVD
switch is set to TV.
Cancels the last selection of the program when the
TV - DVD switch is set to DVD.

* MENU button (25)
Displays a DVD menu on the TV screen.

( ENTER button
Executes the selected item in a menu or on-screen
display.

) DISPLAY button (38, 39)
Displays the status information (only for DVD disc)
or the time information (for any types of discs).

_ ¢/NEXT button (23, 26, 41)
Skips forward a chapter, title, or track. Also used for
the page selection of a menu screen (for DVD VIDEO/
Video CD/SVCD).
Holding down this button during playback advances
playback rapidly (except MP3 disc).

Preliminary
knowledge

7 CHOICE button (45)

+ 8/STROBE button (23, 29, 30, 41)
Pauses playback. Also, used to display nine
continuous still pictures (STROBE function).
Pressing this button while paused advances the still
picture frame-by-frame.

¡ 3/SELECT button (22, 25, 41, 42)
Starts playback. Also used as a SELECT button for
PBC of Video CD/SVCDs.

¡/SLOW+ button (23, 30, 41)
Pressing this button during playback advances
playback rapidly (except MP3 disc).
With an MP3 disc, pressing this button skips forward
a Group.
Pressing this button while a DVD VIDEO, Video CD
disc, or SVCD is paused advances playback slowly.

£ THEATER POSITION button (37)
Selects a picture character from 4 positions (for DVD
VIDEO/Video CD/SVCD).

¢ AUDIO button (36)
Selects the audio (for DVD VIDEO/Video CD/SVCD).

ZOOM button (30)
Zooms in the picture (for DVD VIDEO/Video CD/
SVCD).

§ AMP VOL +/– button
Amplifier volume up/down button for an external
amplifier. Effective only for a JVC’s Receiver.

button (21)

Turns the unit on or off (standby).

7

XV-C3SL / LET0213-008A / English


'  !!  "!

Preliminary knowledge

Rear panel
1

RIGHT

2

LEFT

AUDIO OUT
DIGITAL OUT
PCM STREAM

Y

S-VIDEO
AND VIDEO

COMPONENT
AND VIDEO

COMPONENT
PR
PB

VIDEO OUT

S-VIDEO

VIDEO PAL

AV COMPU LINK

NTSC

2

Preliminary
knowledge

COAXIAL

3

4

1 AUDIO OUT jacks (LEFT/RIGHT) (13, 14, 15, 16)
Outputs stereo analog audio signals.

2 AC power cord (17)
3 DIGITAL OUT (PCM/STREAM) jack (COAXIAL)

(16)
Outputs digital audio signals. You must select the
signal type correctly according to the external device
connected to via the Preference setting display.

4 COMPONENT VIDEO OUT jacks (Y/PB/PR) (14)
Output component video signals.
To enable these jacks, select COMPONENT/S-VIDEO switch
to “COMPONENT AND VIDEO.”

5 S-VIDEO OUT jack (13)
Outputs S-video signals.
To enable this jack, select COMPONENT/S-VIDEO switch
to “S-VIDEO AND VIDEO.”

6 VIDEO OUT jack (13)
Outputs a composite video signal.
This jack is enabled regardless of COMPONENT/
S-VIDEO switch position.

8

5

6

7

8

9

0

7 PAL/NTSC switch (14)
Select “NTSC” or “PAL” to match the color system
of your TV.
Note that you must change the switch position while
the unit is stopped or while the unit power is off with
the DVD removed.
Otherwise, the changed setting will not be effective.

8 COMPONENT/S-VIDEO switch (13)
Select “COMPONENT AND VIDEO” or “S-VIDEO AND
VIDEO.”
Note that you must change the switch position while
the unit is stopped or while the unit power is off with
the DVD removed.
Otherwise, the changed setting will not be effective.

9 AV COMPU LINK jacks (52)
Connects with other JVC equipment supporting the AV
Compulink function to facilitate integrated operations.

0 Region Code label (12)
Shows Region Code number.

XV-C3SL / LET0213-008A / English


(  !!  "!

Preliminary knowledge

English

Operational Principles
On-screen displays
The unit provides several on-screen displays.
With some displays, you can set or select
preferences or functions, while the others
are display only.

Opening displays
The Opening display appears automatically
in some conditions.
At the bottom, the following information are
indicated depending on the unit’s status.
• NOW READING: The unit is now reading
the disc information (TOC).
• REGION CODE ERROR!: The DVD VIDEO
disc loaded cannot be played because the
region code of the disc does not match the
unit.
• OPEN: The disc tray is now opening.
• CLOSE: The disc tray is now closing.

Preference displays
When no disk is inserted or when a DVD
VIDEO or Video CD disk is inserted and
stopped, pressing the CHOICE button brings
up the preference display for setting the
preferences.
There are four pages: LANGUAGE, AUDIO,
DISPLAY and SYSTEM as shown on the
right.
See page 45 for detailed information.

Preliminary
knowledge

Opening display

DVD/Super
DVD/Super VCD/Video
VCD/Video CD/CD
CD/CD PLAYER
PLAYER

NOW READING

LANGUAGE
LANGUAGE

AUDIO

AUDIO
DISPLAY

SYSTEM

LANGUAGE

AUDIO

MENU LANGUAGE

ENGLISH

DIGITAL AUDIO OUTPUT

AUDIO LANGUAGE

ENGLISH

DOWN MIX

SUBTITLE

ENGLISH

COMPRESSION

ON SCREEN LANGUAGE

ENGLISH

DISPLAY

Lo / Ro
ON

EXIT

PRESS

KEY

EXIT

PRESS

KEY

SYSTEM

DISPLAY
LANGUAGE

SYSTEM

STREAM / PCM

AUDIO

DISPLAY

SYSTEM

4:3 LB

MONITOR TYPE

ON

ON SCREEN GUIDE

AUDIO

AUTO STANDBY

MODE 2

SCREEN SAVER

LANGUAGE

AV COMPULINK MODE

DVD 1

EXIT

PRESS

KEY

SYSTEM
OFF
OFF

RESUME

EXIT

PRESS

DISPLAY

KEY

PARENTAL LOCK display
When no disc is inserted or a DVD VIDEO
disc is stopped, pressing the ENTER button
while holding down the 7 button brings up
the PARENTAL LOCK display in which you
can set the level for limiting playback.
See page 49 for detailed information.

PARENTAL LOCK
PARENTAL LOCK
AE

Country Code

—

Set Level

----

PASSWORD

EXIT

PRESS

KEY

ENTER

9

XV-C3SL / LET0213-008A / English


!  !!  "!

Preliminary knowledge

Play mode displays
Pressing the PLAY MODE button brings up the
play mode display in which you can control
playback functions.
Different displays appear depending on the
disc type and the unit’s status.

During DVD VIDEO playback

While stopped

DVD CONTROL

REPEAT

PROGRAM

RANDOM

During Audio CD/MP3 disc
playback
CD CONTROL

Preliminary
knowledge

Pressing the DISPLAY button during playback
brings up the status display.
For a DVD VIDEO disc, pressing the DISPLAY
button toggles between the DVD VIDEO
function status display, the disc/time display
and off.
For a Video CD, SVCD, Audio CD or MP3 disc,
pressing the DISPLAY button switches the
disc/time display on and off.

1/2
1/2
ENGLISH ENGLISH

1 TIME 00:08

1 CHAP. 25 TIME 2:25:25

1 TIME 25:25 PBC

Disc/time (MP3 disc)
MP3

GROUP

1

TRACK

11

EACH

00:08

BITRATE

128 kbps

To prevent the monitor from burning out [SCREEN SAVER]
A television monitor screen may be burned out if a static
picture is displayed for a long time. To prevent this, the unit
automatically activates the screen saver function if a static
picture, such as an on-screen display or menu, is displayed
for over 5 minutes.
DVD/Super VCD/Video CD/CD PLAYER

• Pressing any button on the unit or the remote control
unit will release the screen saver function and return to
the previous display.
• You can select one of several screen saver modes
available (see page 48).
• The screen saver function is not activated during Audio
CD playback or after stopping Audio CD playback. Also, it
is not activated during MP3 disc playback.
10

BITRATE

3.3 Mbps

Disc/time
(Video CD/SVCD with PBC)
TRACK

EACH

PBC CALL

Disc/time (DVD VIDEO)
TITLE

Disc/time (Audio CD/Video
CD/SVCD without PBC)
TRACK

During Video CD/SVCD
playback
REPEAT A-B REPEAT TIME SEARCH

DVD VIDEO function status
1/2

CHAP. SEARCH

VCD CONTROL

REPEAT A-B REPEAT TIME SEARCH

Status displays

REPEAT A-B REPEAT TIME SEARCH

XV-C3SL / LET0213-008A / English


  !!  "!

Preliminary knowledge

English

On-screen guide icons
During DVD VIDEO playback, you may see icons displayed over the picture. These
have the following meanings.
: Displayed at the beginning of a scene recorded from multiple angles.
(See page 34.)
: Displayed at the beginning of a scene recorded with multiple audio languages.
(See page 36.)

Preliminary
knowledge

: Displayed at the beginning of a scene recorded with multiple subtitle
languages. (See page 35.)
You can set the unit not to display on-screen icons above via the preference
settings described on page 48.

About invalid operation icon
When you press a button, if the unit does not accept its operation,

appears on

your television screen. Operations are occasionally unacceptable even if

is

not displayed.
Note that some operations may not be accepted. For example, some discs may
not allow rapid advance/reverse or slow-motion playback.

How to use numeric buttons
To select a track/title number
TV1

TV2

TV3

1

2

3

TV4

TV5

TV6

4

5

TV7

TV8

6
TV9

7

8

9

TV

TV0

MUTING

10

0

RETURN

N
ME

U

• To select a number between 1 and 10
Press the corresponding button for the number.

+10
TV/VIDEO
CANCEL

ME
NU

• To select a number higher than 10
Use the +10 button.
Examples:
To select 13
To select 34
To select 40

+10 → 3
+10 → +10 → +10 → 4
+10 → +10 → +10 → 10

To enter a time or chapter number
The method for entering a time for Time search or chapter number for Chapter
search is different from above. See the corresponding sections in this manual for
the details.
* There is another method for selecting a track or group of an MP3 disc. See the
appropriate section.

11

XV-C3SL / LET0213-008A / English


   !!  "!

Preliminary knowledge

About discs
Playable disc types
Playable and non-playable disc types are as follows:

Playable discs

Preliminary
knowledge

DVD VIDEO

SVCD

Video CD

Audio CD

The DVD VIDEO Logo is a trademark.
• CD-R and CD-RW discs recorded with SVCD, Video CD, Audio CD or MP3 format can be played back, though
some may not be played back because of the disc characteristics or recording condition. Note that the CD-R
and CD-RW that are not finalized cannot be played back.
• DVD VIDEO players and DVD discs have their own Region Code numbers. This unit only can play back DVD
VIDEO discs whose Region Code numbers include “2.”
Examples of playable DVD VIDEO discs:

ALL

2

25

1 2
3 4

123
456

Non-playable discs
DVD-ROM, DVD-RAM, DVD AUDIO, DVD-R, DVD-RW, DVD+RW, CD-ROM, PHOTO CD, CD-EXTRA, CD-G,
CD-TEXT, SACD
• Playing back discs listed as “Non-playable discs” above may generate noise and damage speakers.
• This unit can play back audio recorded in CD-G, CD-EXTRA and CD-TEXT discs.

Disc structure
A DVD VIDEO disc is comprised of “titles,” while an Audio CD, Video CD or SVCD is comprised of “tracks.”
Each title may be divided into some “chapters.” For example, if a DVD VIDEO disc contains some movies,
each movie may have its own title number, and each movie may be divided into some chapters. In a DVD
VIDEO karaoke disc, each song usually has its own title number and does not have chapters. In general, each
title has independent content, while each chapter in the same title has continuity.
For the MP3 disc structure, see page 40.
(Example: DVD VIDEO disc)
Title 1

Chapter 1

Chapter 2

Title 2

Chapter 3

Chapter 1

Chapter 2

(Example: Audio CD/Video CD/SVCD)
Track 1

12

Track 2

Track 3

Track 4

XV-C3SL / LET0213-008A / English


  !!  "!

Getting started
English

Connections
*In the following description, “TV” may be substituted with “monitor” or “projector.”
*Before using the unit, you have to connect the unit to a TV and/or amplifier.

Before making any connections
• Do not connect the AC power cord until all other connections have been made.
• Since different components have different terminal names, carefully read the instructions supplied with the
component you are going to connect.

To connect to a TV
You can enjoy using the unit by simply connecting it to a TV. To improve audio sound quality, connect the
audio outputs to your separate audio equipment. (See the following pages.)

RIGHT

AUDIO OUT
DIGITAL OUT
PCM STREAM

Y

COMPONENT
AND VIDEO

COMPONENT
PB
PR

VIDEO OUT

S-VIDEO

VIDEO PAL

S-VIDEO
AND VIDEO

NTSC

AV COMPU LINK

2
COAXIAL

Red

You can use the AV COMPU LINK function.
See “AV COMPU LINK remote control system”
on page 52 for details.

LEFT

White

S-video cable
(not supplied)

TV

Getting started

The unit

IN

Yellow

S-VIDEO
VIDEO

Yellow
White

LEFT

AUDIO
RIGHT

Red

Audio/video cable
(supplied)

Connect the unit to a TV equipped with stereo audio input and video input jacks using the supplied audio/video
cables.
• If your TV has a monaural audio input instead of stereo, you need to use an optional audio cable which
converts stereo audio output to monaural.
• If your TV has an S-VIDEO input, you should connect it with the S-VIDEO output of the unit using the Svideo cable (optional) in addition to the (standard) video connection to get better picture quality.

Enabling the S-VIDEO output
For your TV connection, you can use either the S-video output or the component video output.
When you use the S-VIDEO jack, set the COMPONENT/S-VIDEO switch on the rear panel to “S-VIDEO AND
VIDEO”. Then, “S-VIDEO” appears on the display window for a few seconds. The VIDEO jack is enabled
regardless of this switch position.
(Display Window)
VCDVD GROUP TITLE TRACK CHAP

1 A-B

PROGRAM
RANDOM

IMPORTANT!
Note that you must change the switch position while the unit is stopped or the unit power is off (on
standby) with the DVD removed. Otherwise, the changed setting is not effective.

13

XV-C3SL / LET0213-008A / English


#  !!  "!

Getting started

Selecting the Color System
The unit is compatible with the PAL and NTSC systems, Set the PAL/NTSC switch on the rear panel to match
the color system of your TV. Make sure that the color system of a DVD VIDEO/Video CD/SVCD disc labeled on
the package matches your TV.
If you use a multi-system TV, you can play discs recorded on both PAL and NTSC systems by setting the PAL/
NTSC switch appropriately.
IMPORTANT!
Note that you must change the switch position while the unit power is off (on standby) with the DVD
removed. Otherwise, the changed setting is not effective.

NOTE
• Connect VIDEO OUT of the unit directly to the video input of your TV. Connecting VIDEO OUT of the unit to
a TV via a VCR may cause a monitor problem when playing back a copy-protected disc.

Getting started

• When you use the S-VIDEO signal connection, no picture will appear if setting is made to COMPONENT. In
this case, switch the setting to S-VIDEO. If you use the VIDEO (composite) signal connection, a picture
normally appears regardless of the COMPONENT/ S-VIDEO switch setting.

To connect to a TV with the component video input jacks
You can enjoy high picture quality by connecting the unit’s COMPONENT VIDEO OUT jacks to the
COMPONENT VIDEO IN jacks of your TV with the video cables.
Note that the COMPONENT VIDEO OUT jacks are not active in the initial (factory preset) condition. See below
for details how to make them active.
The unit
RIGHT

LEFT

COMPONENT
AND VIDEO

AUDIO OUT
DIGITAL OUT
PCM STREAM

COMPONENT
PB
Y
PR

VIDEO OUT

S-VIDEO

VIDEO PAL

NTSC

S-VIDEO
AND VIDEO

AV COMPU LINK

2

Component video cable
(not supplied)
Blue

COAXIAL

Red

White
Green

Green
Red

IN
S-VIDEO

Blue
White

VIDEO
LEFT
RIGHT

Audio cable (not supplied)
• Connect “Y” to “Y,” “PB” to ”PB,” and “PR” to “PR” correctly.

14

Red

TV

Red

AUDIO

Y

PB

IN

PR

XV-C3SL / LET0213-008A / English


$  !!  "!

Getting started

Enabling the COMPONENT VIDEO OUT

English

For your TV connection, you can use either the component video output or the S-video output.
When you use the component video output, set the COMPONENT/S-VIDEO switch on the rear panel to
“COMPONENT AND VIDEO.” Then, “COMPONENT” appears on the display window for a few seconds.
(Display Window)
1 A-B

VCDVD GROUP TITLE TRACK CHAP
PROGRAM
RANDOM

IMPORTANT!
Note that you must change the switch position while the unit is stopped or the unit power is off with the
DVD removed. Otherwise, the changed setting is not effective.

• When the component video input jacks of the TV is the BNC type, use an adapter to convert a pin jack to a
BNC jack (optional).
• When you use the component signal connection, the screen will become blue if setting is made to S-VIDEO.
In this case, switch the setting to COMPONENT.
• If you switch the COMPONENT/S-VIDEO switch while the unit power is off with a DVD inserted, depending
on the DVD being used, the unit may automatically start playback and the video out is not switched as you
expected. In this case, press the 7 button. The unit stops and switching is correctly made according to your
switch selection.

Getting started

NOTE

To connect to an audio amplifier or receiver
You can enjoy high-quality audio by connecting the unit’s audio output to your amplifier or receiver.
The unit
RIGHT

LEFT

AUDIO OUT
DIGITAL OUT
PCM STREAM

COMPONENT
AND VIDEO

COMPONENT
PB
Y
PR

VIDEO OUT

S-VIDEO

VIDEO PAL

NTSC

S-VIDEO
AND VIDEO

AV COMPU LINK

2
COAXIAL

Red

Amplifier or receiver

White
White

IN
LEFT

AUDIO
RIGHT

Audio cable
(not supplied)

Red

• Connect the unit’s AUDIO OUT to any line-level inputs (such as AUX, DVD, CD, etc.) of an audio amplifier or
receiver.

15

XV-C3SL / LET0213-008A / English


%  !!  "!

Getting started

To connect to audio equipment with a digital input
You can enhance the sound quality by connecting the unit’s DIGITAL OUT jack (COAXIAL) to the digital input
of a receiver, MD, etc. by using an optional digital cable. The digital audio signal from a disc (except MP3 disc)
is directly transferred. If you connect the unit to a Dolby Digital or DTS decoder or an amplifier with a built-in
decoder by using an optional digital cable, you can enjoy high-quality surround sound.
When you make the digital connection, we also recommend to make the analog connection, because,
depending on discs, no signal may be output from the DIGITAL OUT.
The unit
RIGHT

LEFT

AUDIO OUT
DIGITAL OUT
PCM STREAM

COMPONENT
AND VIDEO

COMPONENT
PB
PR
Y

VIDEO OUT

S-VIDEO

VIDEO PAL

NTSC

S-VIDEO
AND VIDEO

AV COMPU LINK

2
COAXIAL

Red

White

Audio cable
(not supplied)

Digital equipment
White

IN

IN

OPTICAL

LEFT

AUDIO

Getting started

RIGHT

DIGITAL
COAXIAL

Red
Coaxial digital cable
(not supplied)

NOTES
• When you connect the unit’s DIGITAL OUT to digital audio equipment, before using, make the “DIGITAL
AUDIO OUTPUT” setting in the “AUDIO” page of the preference display correctly according to the
connected audio equipment. If the “DIGITAL AUDIO OUTPUT” is not set correctly, loud noise may be
generated from speakers, causing damage to your speakers. See “DIGITAL AUDIO OUTPUT” on page 46.
• With the digital connection, the COMPRESSION settings in the AUDIO page of the preference display are
invalid. Settings for these items must be made from the decoder.

16

XV-C3SL / LET0213-008A / English


&  !!  "!

Getting started

To connect the power cord

English

When all the audio/video connections have been made, plug the AC power cord into the wall outlet. The
STANDBY indicator lights and setup is completed.
NOTE
• The unit automatically accommodates AC power between 110 V and 240 V. You do not need any setting to
match the unit with your local power voltage.

Warning
Disconnect the power cord if you are not going to use the unit for a long time.
Disconnect the power cord before cleaning the unit.
Disconnect the power cord before moving the unit.
Do not connect or disconnect the power cord with wet hands.
Do not pull the power cord when disconnecting it, as this may damage the cord and cause fire, electric
shock, or other accidents.

Warning
• Do not damage, alter, twist, or pull the power cord, as this may cause fire, electric shock, or other accidents.
• Do not put anything heavy, or the unit on the power cord, as this may cause fire, electric shock, or other
accidents.

Getting started

•
•
•
•
•

17

XV-C3SL / LET0213-008A / English


'  !!  "!

Getting started

To install batteries in the remote control unit
The battery compartment is located on the back of the remote control unit.
1 Press down on the point shown by the arrow at the top of the compartment
cover, and pull up the cover to open the compartment.

2 Place the two accessory R6P (SUM-3)/AA(15F) batteries in the remote control

Getting started

according to the polarity markings (“+” and “–”) inside the compartment and
on the batteries.

3 Place the cover over the compartment, and press down lightly.

• The batteries will last about six months with normal use. If the functions of the remote control become
erratic, replace the batteries. See below for more information.

Precautions for the safe use of batteries
Observe the following precautions for the safe use of batteries. If they are used improperly their life will be
shortened, they may burst or their contents may leak.
Precautions
• Remove the batteries from the remote control if it is not going to be used for a long period of time.
• Remove dead batteries and dispose of them properly.
• Never leave dead batteries lying around, take them apart, mix them with other refuse, or throw them into
an incinerator.
• Never touch liquid that has leaked out of a battery.
• Do not mix new and old batteries, or batteries of different types, when replacing them.

18

XV-C3SL / LET0213-008A / English


(  !!  "!

Getting started

English

To use the remote control unit for TV operation
You can operate your TV from the remote control unit.

Setting the remote control signal for operating your TV.

4

TV

TV1

2-2

DVD

STANDBY/ON
TV
DVD

OPEN/
CLOSE
TV2

1

2

3

TV4

TV5

TV6

4

5

6

TV7

TV8

TV9

7

8

9

TV

TV0

MUTING

10

0

+10
TV/VIDEO
CANCEL

TO

RETURN

3-2

P

ME

1

TV3

NU CH

ME
NU

+

VOL-

2-1,3-1

VOL+

ENTER

CH

OI

CE PREVIOUS

CLEAR

P
DIS
NEXT
SELECT

SLOW-

PLAY
MODE

SUB TITLE

DIGEST

ANGLE

LA

Y

STROBE

SLOW+
THEATER
AUDIO POSITION

3D
PHONIC

ZOOM

-AMP VOL +

Getting started

CH

RM-SXV005U
REMOTE CONTROL

1 Set TV-DVD switch to TV position.
2 Holding down TV/VIDEO - CANCEL, enter the manufacturer code of your TV listed below by using the
numeric buttons (0 to 9).
Do not release TV/VIDEO - CANCEL. Keep holding it until the next step is completed.
Example:
To enter the manufacturer code “01”: Press “0” then “1.”

3 Press ENTER while holding down TV/VIDEO - CANCEL.
4 Try to operate your TV by pressing TV STANDBY/ON

.
If your TV turns on or off, you have successfully set the control signal.
Manufacturer code list

No.

Manufacturer

No.

Manufacturer

No.

Manufacturer

01

JVC

15

GRADIENTE

29

MIVAR

02

PHILIPS/CCE/MAGNAVOX

16

SANYO

30

FINLUX

03

MITSUBISHI

17

PHILCO/DAEWOO

31

NOKIA

04

PANASONIC

18

LG (GOLDSTAR)

32

FUNAI

05

RCA

19

GRUNDIG

33

SAMSUNG

06

SHARP

20

NEC/GRADIENTE

34

SAMSUNG/PEONY/CHANGHONG

07

SONY

21

PHILCO

35

SAMSUNG

08

TOSHIBA

22

BEIJING/NOBLEX

36

AIWA

09

ZENITH

23

JVC (ONWA)

37

DAEWOO

10

PHILCO/HITACHI

24

JVC (ONWA)

38

JINXING/PEONY

11

PANASONIC

25

JVC (ONWA)

39

PEONY

12

SAMSUNG

26

THOMSON

40

KONKA

41

TCL

13

SANYO/SEARS

27

FERGUSON

14

TOSHIBA

28

ITT

19

XV-C3SL / LET0213-008A / English


 !  !!  "!

Getting started

The following buttons can be used for operating the TV :
To use the CURSOR 5/∞/2/3 (CH+, CH–, VOL–, VOL+), TV/VIDEO - CANCEL and numeric buttons for TV
control, set the TV - DVD switch to “TV.”
TV

DVD
TV

Turns the TV on or off.

TV/VIDEO
CANCEL

TV1

1

Switches the TV input mode between TV and VIDEO.

TV

10

TV0

Getting started

0

MUTING

+10

Selects the TV channels directly.
* For some TVs, pressing “+10” functions as the “100+,” while“10” functions as
the ENTER button if your TV requires pressing the ENTER button after selecting
a channel number.

Mutes the TV sound.

CH
+

Changes the TV channels.
CH
-

VOL-

VOL+

Adjusts the TV volume.

NOTES
• The remote control unit is initially set for operating a JVC TV.
• If there is more than one code listed for the manufacturer of your TV, try them one by one until you succeed.

20

XV-C3SL / LET0213-008A / English


   !!  "!

Basic operations
In the following description, the buttons on the remote control unit are mainly used, however, you may use
the corresponding buttons on the front panel of the unit if available.

English

Setting TV-DVD switch to DVD
Set TV-DVD switch to DVD position.
Now you can enjoy playing DVD VIDEO, Audio CD, Video CD, SVCD and MP3 discs after turning on the unit.

TV

TV1

DVD

TV-DVD switch

STANDBY/ON
TV
DVD

OPEN/
CLOSE
TV2

TV3

1

2

3

TV4

TV5

TV6

4

5

6

TV7

TV8

TV9

7

8

9

TV

TV0

MUTING

10

0

+10

Turning on/off the unit
Press DVD STANDBY/ON

on the remote control unit or press STANDBY/ON
STANDBY/ON

STANDBY

DVD

TV1

TV2

TV3

1

2

3

TV4

TV5

TV6

4

5

6

TV7

TV8

TV9

7

8

9

TV

TV0

MUTING

10

0

+10

STANDBY/ON

DVD STANDBY/ON
Basic
operations

TV

STANDBY/ON
TV
DVD

OPEN/
CLOSE

on the front panel.

TV/VIDEO

• You can turn on the unit by pressing the 3 button.
In this case, the unit starts playback if the disc is set
in the disc tray.
• If no disc is set, “NO DISC” appears on the display
window.
• You can turn on the unit by pressing the 0 (OPEN/
CLOSE) button on the front panel.

.

NOTE
• Even if you press one of the above buttons to turn off the unit, the unit is not disconnected from the AC
power source as long as it is connected to the wall outlet. This state is called the standby mode. In this
state, the unit consumes a very small amount of power.

21

XV-C3SL / LET0213-008A / English




  !!  "!

Basic operations

Inserting and removing discs
1 Press 0 (OPEN/CLOSE) to open the disc tray.
2 Place a disc in the disc tray.
With the label side up

• To insert an 8-cm disc, place it
in the inner recess.

3 Press 0 (OPEN/CLOSE) to close the disc tray.
Basic
operations

• If you press 0 (OPEN/CLOSE) during playback, the unit stops playback and opens the disc tray.

NOTES
• The unit can playback DVD VIDEO, Audio CD, Video CD, SVCD and MP3 discs only. Do not load other disc
types. For details about playable disc types, see page 12.
• When loading a disc in the disc tray, be sure to position the disc inside the recess. Otherwise, the disc may
be damaged when the disc tray is closed, and the disc may not be removed from the unit.

Basic playback
Now you can play a disc. First, let’s enjoy simple playback using a DVD VIDEO, Audio CD, Video CD or SVCD
disc according to the following procedure. For basic operations with an MP3 disc, see page 40.

To start playback
Press 3.
The unit starts playback from the beginning.

NOTES
• When the resume point is memorized, pressing 3 starts playback from that
point instead of the beginning. See page 24 and 49.
• During playback, the display window shows the title/chapter or track
number being played.
• With Video CD/SVCD discs with PBC control or some DVD discs, the menu
display may appear on the TV screen after starting playback. In such a case,
select an item to be played back from the menu.
For operation using a menu, see page 25.
• With some DVD discs, the unit starts playback automatically after inserting
the disc.
.

22

C

HO

IC E
PREVIOUS
CLEAR

P
DIS
NEXT

SELECT

SLOWPLAY
MODE

SUB TITLE

LA

Y

STROBE

SLOW+
THEATER
AUDIO POSITION

Basic
control
buttons

XV-C3SL / LET0213-008A / English


   !!  "!

Basic operations

To stop playback completely

English

Press 7.
The unit stops playback.

To stop playback temporarily
Press 8.
The unit pauses playback. To resume playback, press 3.
.

To advance or reverse playback rapidly while monitoring
■ During playback

From the Remote control unit
Press 1 or ¡.

NOTE
• When you play a DVD VIDEO, Video CD, or SVCD disc, no sound comes out.

Basic
operations

Each press of 1 or ¡ increases the playback speed. You can select the speed among 2x, 5x, 10x, 20x
and 60x the normal speed.
Pressing 3 returns the unit to normal playback.

From the Front panel
Hold down 4 or ¢ .
Holding down ¢ advances playback rapidly, while holding down 4 reverses playback rapidly. The
speed will change from 5x to 20x the normal speed if you keep holding down the button for a certain
period of time. Releasing the button returns the unit to normal playback.
NOTES
• When you play a DVD VIDEO, Video CD, or SVCD disc, no sound comes out.
• When you play an MP3 disc, 4 and ¢ do not work.

To locate the beginning of the scene or song
■ During playback

Press 4 or ¢ .
Press 4 to locate the beginning of the current chapter, title, or track, and press ¢ to locate the
beginning of the next chapter, title, or track.
NOTE
• When you play a Video CD/SVCD disc with the PBC function or a DVD VIDEO disc, the unit may locate a
different place, but it will generally locate the beginning of the title, chapter or track.

23

XV-C3SL / LET0213-008A / English


 #  !!  "!

Basic operations

Resuming playback
The unit can memorize the position on a disc where you interrupt playback, and resume playback from that
position next time you press 3.

To memorize the interrupted position

1 Set the “RESUME” setting on the “SYSTEM” page of the preference display to “ON.”
(See page 49 for details about how to set.)

2 At the position you want to interrupt playback, press 7, or press DVD STANDBY/ON
remote control or STANDBY/ON

on the

on the front panel.

The unit memorizes the interrupted position.
• Even if you interrupt playback by pressing 7 in step 2 above and then turn off the power, the memory is not
cleared.

Basic
operations

To resume playback
■ While the disc you interrupt playback last time is still in the disc tray

Press 3.
The unit starts playback from the position where you interrupted playback last time.
• To clear the resume position memory
Carry out one of the followings.
*Take out the disc from the disc tray.
*Press 7 while stopped.
*Turn on the unit by pressing DVD STANDBY/ON
front panel).

(on the remote control) or STANDBY/ON

(on the

NOTES
• The resume function does not work with Audio CD and MP3 discs.
• The resume function does not work if “RESUME” on the “SYSTEM” page of the preference display is set to
“OFF.”
• In the case of a Video CD/SVCD disc with PBC function, the unit may resume playback from a point slightly
earlier than the resume point you stored.
• The resume function does not work in the program or random mode.

24

XV-C3SL / LET0213-008A / English


 $  !!  "!

Advanced operations
In this section, we describe advanced operations for
playback of a DVD VIDEO, Audio CD, Video CD or
SVCD disc. For operations with an MP3 disc, see
pages 40 to 44.

Playing from a specific
position on a disc
You can play a disc from the selected track, title or
chapter, or from the specified time.

To locate a desired scene from the DVD
menu
DVD VIDEO discs generally have their own menus
which show the disc contents. These menus contain
various items such as titles of a movie, names of
songs, or artist information, and display them on
the TV screen. You can locate a desired scene by
using the menu.
TV

TV2

1

3

5

6

TV8

TV9

7

8

9

TV

TV0

MUTING

10

0

+10

P

N
ME

TV/VIDEO
CANCEL

U

ME
NU

CH
+

VOL-

2

VOL+

ENTER
CH

CH
-

OI

P
DIS
NEXT

CE
PREVIOUS

CLEAR

SELECT

SLOW-

PLAY
MODE

SUB TITLE

DIGEST

ANGLE

The unit starts playback of the selected item.
• With some discs, you can also select items by
entering the corresponding number using the
numeric buttons, which may cause the unit to
automatically start playback.

NOTES
• When
appears on the TV screen by pressing
TOP MENU in step 1:
The disc does not have a menu listing the titles.
• When
appears on the TV screen by pressing
MENU in step 1:
The disc does not have a menu.
• The menu button does not work while
stopped.

TV6

4
TV7

RETURN

TO

1

TV3

2
TV5

item, then press ENTER.

LA

Y

STROBE

Some Video CD/SVCD discs supports the PBC
function. PBC is an abbreviation of “PlayBack
Control.” A Video CD/SVCD disc recorded with PBC
has its own menus, such as a list of the songs of the
disc. You can locate a specific scene by using the
menu.

SLOW+
THEATER
AUDIO POSITION

TV

3D
PHONIC

-AMP VOL +

TV2

TV1

RM-SXV005U
REMOTE CONTROL

DVD

STANDBY/ON
TV
DVD

OPEN/
CLOSE

ZOOM

TV3

1

2

3

TV4

TV5

TV6

4

5

6

TV7

TV8

TV9

7

8

9

TV

TV0

MUTING

10

0

+10
TV/VIDEO
CANCEL

RETURN

TO

■ For TOP MENU operation:

ME

NU CH

ME
NU

+

VOL-

VOL+

ENTER

During DVD VIDEO playback or while stopped
For MENU operation:
During DVD VIDEO playback

1 Press TOP MENU or MENU.

P

2

Advanced
operations

TV1
TV4

English

To locate a desired scene from the menu
of the Video CD/SVCD with PBC

DVD

STANDBY/ON
TV
DVD

OPEN/
CLOSE

2 Use CURSOR 5/∞/2/3 to select a desired

CH

CH
-

OI

P
DIS
NEXT

CE
PREVIOUS

CLEAR

SELECT

SLOW-

1

The menu appears on the TV screen.

PLAY
MODE

SUB TITLE

DIGEST

ANGLE

3D
PHONIC

LA

Y

STROBE

SLOW+
THEATER
AUDIO POSITION

ZOOM

-AMP VOL +

RM-SXV005U
REMOTE CONTROL

About menu
Normally, a DVD VIDEO disc which contains more than one
title may have a “title” menu which lists the titles. In this
case, the menu appears on the TV screen by pressing the
TOP MENU button. Some DVD VIDEO discs may also have a
different menu which appears by pressing the MENU button.
See the instructions of each DVD VIDEO disc for its
particular menu.

■ When a Video CD/SVCD disc with PBC is stopped

1 Press 3.
A disc menu appears on the TV screen (The PBC
function is activated).
Example:

Example:

“PBC” is indicated in the display window on
the front panel.
25

XV-C3SL / LET0213-008A / English


 %  !!  "!

Advanced operations

2 Use the numeric buttons to select the desired
item.
• See page 11 for details about how to use the
numeric buttons.
The unit starts playback of the selected item.
You can return to the menu by pressing the
RETURN button.
When “NEXT” or “PREVIOUS” appears on the
TV screen, the unit generally works as follows:
• Pressing ¢ advances to the next page.
• Pressing 4 returns to the previous page.
• The method of the operation is different
depending on the disc.
• If you want to playback a PBC-compatible Video
CD/SVCD disc without activating the PBC function,
start playback by using the numeric buttons
instead of the 3 button.
• To activate the PBC function when a PBC-compatible
Video CD/SVCD disc is being played back without
the PBC function, press 7 then press 3.
• You can also activate the PBC function using the
play mode menu display as follows.
1 Press PLAY MODE.
2 Use CURSOR 2/3 to move
then press ENTER.

to [PBC CALL],

1 Use the numeric buttons to specify the number.
* During DVD VIDEO playback (except when
a menu is shown), a chapter is specified.
* While a DVD VIDEO is stopped, a title is
specified.
* For an Audio CD or Video CD/SVCD, a track
is specified.
The unit starts playback from the beginning of
the selection.
• See page 11 for details about how to use the
numeric buttons.
NOTES
• During DVD VIDEO playback, if a menu is
shown on the TV screen, the numeric buttons
may be used for selecting an item in the menu.
• When

appears on the TV screen:

The title or track you have selected is not
contained in the disc.
• This function does not work during Video CD/
SVCD playback with PBC function.

To locate a desired selection using
4 or ¢

To locate a desired selection using the
numeric buttons

DVD

TV2

TV1

1

TV3

2

TV4

3

TV5

TV6

4

5

6

TV7

TV8

TV9

7

8

9

TV

TV0

MUTING

10

0

+10
TV/VIDEO
CANCEL

RETURN

You can play a desired title or chapter (DVD VIDEO)
or track (Audio CD/Video CD/SVCD) by specifying
the number.

TO

Advanced
operations

TV

STANDBY/ON
TV
DVD

OPEN/
CLOSE

P

ME

NU CH

ME
NU

+

VOL-

VOL+

ENTER
CH

CH

OI

CE
PREVIOUS

CLEAR

P
DIS
NEXT
SELECT

LA

Y

1

STROBE

.

SLOW-

TV

DVD

OPEN/
CLOSE
TV1

TV2

TV3

1

2

3

TV4

TV5

TV6

4

5

6

TV7

TV8

7

8

TV

TV0

10

0

TV9

9

TO

1

ME
NU

+

CH
-

CE

P
DIS
NEXT

PREVIOUS
CLEAR

SELECT

SLOW-

PLAY
MODE

SUB TITLE

DIGEST

ANGLE

LA

Y

STROBE

SLOW+
THEATER
AUDIO POSITION

ZOOM

-AMP VOL +

RM-SXV005U
REMOTE CONTROL

■ For DVD VIDEO:

At any time except menu is displayed
For Audio CD: At any time
For Video CD/SVCD:
During playback without PBC function or
while stopped

26

ZOOM

-AMP VOL +

RM-SXV005U

■ For DVD VIDEO:

VOL+

ENTER

3D
PHONIC

ANGLE

REMOTE CONTROL

+10

NU CH
ME

OI

DIGEST

SLOW+
THEATER
AUDIO POSITION

3D
PHONIC

MUTING

VOL-

CH

SUB TITLE

TV/VIDEO
CANCEL

RETURN

P

PLAY
MODE

STANDBY/ON
TV
DVD

At any time except menu is displayed
For Audio CD: At any time
For Video CD/SVCD:
During playback without PBC function

1 Press 4 or ¢ .
With an Audio CD, Video CD or SVCD pressing
the button skips a track. With a DVD VIDEO
disc, pressing the button skips a chapter or title
depending on the disc configuration.
The selection number appears in the display
window on the front panel.
• To locate a subsequent selection, press ¢
once or repeatedly until the desired selection
number appears in the display.
• To locate to beginning of the current
selection, press 4 once.

XV-C3SL / LET0213-008A / English


 &  !!  "!

Advanced operations

• To locate a former selection, press 4
repeatedly until the desired selection number
appears in the display.

4 Press ENTER.

English

The unit starts playback from the selected
chapter.

NOTES
• This function may not work with some DVD
VIDEO discs.
• This function does not work during Video CD/
SVCD playback with PBC function.

To locate a desired scene by specifying
the chapter number [CHAP.SEARCH]

• The “10” and “+10” buttons are not used in this
function.

NOTES
• You can also locate a desired chapter directly
by specifying the chapter number using the
numeric buttons during playback (except when
a menu is shown). See page 26.
• When the chapter number is incorrect in step 3 :
Overwrite the incorrect number with the correct
number.

If the current title of a DVD VIDEO disc being played
is divided into chapters, you can skip to a desired
chapter by specifying the chapter number using the
on-screen display.

• When

is displayed in the TV screen in step 4 :

The chapter you have selected is not contained
in the disc, or chapter search does not work on
the disc.
• To turn off the play mode menu :

TV

DVD

TV1

TV2

TV3

1

2

3

TV5

4

5

TV7

TV8

TV6

8

9

TV0

MUTING

10

0

+10
TV/VIDEO
CANCEL

RETURN

TO

3

6
TV9

7
TV

ME

NU CH

2-2, 4

ME
NU

+

VOL-

VOL+

ENTER

2-1

CH

OI

CH
-

CE

P
DIS
NEXT

PREVIOUS
CLEAR

SELECT

SLOW-

1

PLAY
MODE

SUB TITLE

DIGEST

ANGLE

3D
PHONIC

LA

To locate a desired position in the
current title or track [TIME SEARCH]

Y

STROBE

You can play a disc from the desired position by
specifying the elapsed time from the beginning of
the current title or track using the TIME SEARCH
function.
Note that some DVD VIDEO discs do not contain
time information, and the TIME SEARCH function
cannot be used for them.

SLOW+
THEATER
AUDIO POSITION

ZOOM

-AMP VOL +

RM-SXV005U
REMOTE CONTROL

■ During DVD VIDEO playback

1 Press PLAY MODE.

TV

2 Use CURSOR 2/3 to move

TV2

TV1

1

TV3

2

TV4

to [CHAP.

DVD

STANDBY/ON
TV
DVD

OPEN/
CLOSE

The DVD play mode menu appears on the TV
screen.

3

TV5

TV6

4

5

6

TV7

TV8

TV9

7

8

9

TV

TV0

MUTING

10

0

TO

P

ME

3

+10
TV/VIDEO
CANCEL

RETURN

SEARCH], then press ENTER.

Advanced
operations

TV4

P

Press PLAY MODE.

STANDBY/ON
TV
DVD

OPEN/
CLOSE

NU CH

ME
NU

+

VOL-

VOL+

2-2, 4

ENTER

“GO TO CHAPTER = ” appears under the menu.

2-1

CH

CH

OI

CE
PREVIOUS

CLEAR

P
DIS
NEXT

SELECT

LA

Y

STROBE

DVD CONTROL
REPEAT A-B REPEAT TIME SEARCH

SLOW-

CHAP. SEARCH

1
GO TO CHAPTER =

PLAY
MODE

SUB TITLE

DIGEST

ANGLE

3D
PHONIC

SLOW+
THEATER
AUDIO POSITION

ZOOM

-AMP VOL +

RM-SXV005U
REMOTE CONTROL

3 Use the numeric buttons (0 to 9) to enter
the desired chapter number.
Example:
To select chapter number 8 :
Press “8” → ENTER.
To select chapter number 37 :
Press “3” → “7” → ENTER.

■ For DVD VIDEO : During playback

For Audio CD : During playback
For Video CD/SVCD :
During playback without PBC function

1 Press PLAY MODE.
The play mode menu appears on the TV screen.
27

XV-C3SL / LET0213-008A / English


 '  !!  "!

Advanced operations

2 Use CURSOR 2/3 to move

to [TIME

SEARCH], then press ENTER.

• When you make a mistake
Move the cursor to the incorrect value, then press
the correct button to re-select the value.

“GO TO” appears under the menu.

GO TO 2 : 3 5 : _ _

3 Use the numeric buttons (0 to 9) to enter

→

Press CURSOR 2.

the time.

GO TO 2 : 3 _ : _ _

You can specify the elapsed time of the current
title or track to set the location which you want
to playback from.

→

Press “4.”

GO TO 2 : 3 4 : _ _

4 Press ENTER.
The unit starts playback from the specified
time.
(for Audio CD)

(for DVD VIDEO)

CD CONTROL

DVD CONTROL
REPEAT A-B REPEAT TIME SEARCH

GO TO

REPEAT A-B REPEAT TIME SEARCH

CHAP. SEARCH

GO TO

2:34:00

Selected time

02:34

Selected time

• “10” and “+10” buttons are not used in this
function.

Advanced
operations

• You can specify the time in hour/minute/second
format for DVD VIDEO discs, and in minute/second
format for Audio CD, Video CD and SVCD discs.

(for Video CD/SVCD)

NOTES
• When

appears on the TV screen in step 2 :

The time you have selected is not contained on
the disc, or the time search function does not
work on the disc.
Also note that the time search function does
not work during Video CD/SVCD playback with
the PBC function.
• To turn off the play mode menu :
Press PLAY MODE.
• The TIME SEARCH function cannot be used
during program playback.

To locate a desired scene from the
display [DIGEST]

VCD CONTROL
REPEAT A-B REPEAT TIME SEARCH PBC CALL

GO TO

02:34

The unit can display the opening scene of each title
or chapter on a DVD VIDEO or each track of a Video
CD/SVCD. You can select a desired scene from
those displayed on the TV screen.
TV

Selected time

TV1

TV2

1

2

6
TV9

7

8

9

TV

TV0

MUTING

10

0

+10
TV/VIDEO
CANCEL

P

ME

NU CH

→

GO TO 2 : _ _ : _ _
→

1

ENTER
CH

CH
-

OI

→

You do not have to press “0” to enter the trailing
zeros (for the last two digits in the example above).
Of course, it is possible to enter them.

28

P
DIS
NEXT
SELECT

PLAY
MODE

SUB TITLE

DIGEST

ANGLE

3D
PHONIC

LA

Y

STROBE

SLOW+
THEATER
AUDIO POSITION

ZOOM

-AMP VOL +

RM-SXV005U

→

Press ENTER.

3

VOL+

SLOW-

Press “4.”

GO TO 2 : 3 4 : _ _

ME
NU

+

VOL-

CLEAR

GO TO 2 : 3 _ : _ _

TV6

5
TV8

CE
PREVIOUS

Press “2.”

Press “3.”

3

TV5

4
TV7

RETURN

TO

GO TO _ : _ _ : _ _

TV3

2

TV4

• Example (for DVD VIDEO)
To playback from 2(H):34(M):00(S)

DVD

STANDBY/ON
TV
DVD

OPEN/
CLOSE

REMOTE CONTROL

■ For DVD VIDEO :

While stopped or during playback
For Video CD/SVCD :
While stopped or during playback without
PBC function

XV-C3SL / LET0213-008A / English


 (  !!  "!

Advanced operations

1 Press DIGEST.
Up to nine opening scenes are displayed.
• While a DVD VIDEO disc is stopped :
The opening scene of each title appears on
the TV screen.
• During DVD VIDEO disc playback :
The opening scene of each chapter in the
current title appears on the TV screen.
• When a Video CD/SVCD disc is loaded :
The opening scene of each track appears on
the TV screen.

English

Special picture playback
The unit provides special picture playback functions
including Frame-by-frame, Strobe, Slow-motion and
Zoom.

To advance a still picture
frame-by-frame
ENTER
CH

OI

CH
-

CE

P
DIS
NEXT

PREVIOUS
CLEAR

SELECT

LA

Y

1

STROBE

SLOW-

SLOW+

PLAY
MODE

SUB TITLE

DIGEST

ANGLE

THEATER
AUDIO POSITION

ZOOM

3D
PHONIC

-AMP VOL +

RM-SXV005U
REMOTE CONTROL

desired scene.
The selected scene is indicated by .
If there are more than 9 scenes, the digest screen
will have more than one page. In this case,
pressing ¢ advances to the next page, while
pressing 4 returns to the previous page.

■ While paused (still)

1 Press 8.
Each time you press 8, the still picture
advances to the next frame.
Pressing 3 returns to normal playback.

To display continuous still pictures
[STROBE]
TV

DVD

STANDBY/ON
TV
DVD

OPEN/
CLOSE
TV2

TV1

TV3

1

2

3

TV4

TV5

TV6

4

5

6

TV7

TV8

TV9

7

8

9

TV

TV0

MUTING

10

0

+10
TV/VIDEO
CANCEL

TO

RETURN

Selected scene

P

ME

NU CH

VOL+

ENTER

CH

OI

CE PREVIOUS

CLEAR

P
DIS
NEXT
SELECT

SLOW-

• When the lower right scene is selected, pressing
CURSOR 3 advances to the next page if available.
Similarly, when the upper left scene is selected,
pressing CURSOR 2 returns to the previous page
(if available).

3 Press ENTER.

ME
NU

+

VOL-

CH

• When there are more than one digest page, after
pressing DIGEST, pressing ¢ before all 9 scenes
of the first page appear on the TV screen will
advance to the next page. Similarly, pressing 4
before all the scenes of the second or latter page
appears on the TV screen will return to the
previous page.

Advanced
operations

2 Use CURSOR 5/∞/2/3 to select the

PLAY
MODE

SUB TITLE

DIGEST

ANGLE

3D
PHONIC

LA

Y

STROBE

SLOW+

1, 2

THEATER
AUDIO POSITION

ZOOM

-AMP VOL +

RM-SXV005U
REMOTE CONTROL

■ During playback

1 At the point you want to view as continuous
photographs, press 8.
The unit pauses playback.

2 Press and hold 8 for more than 1 second.
Nine continuous still pictures appear on the TV screen.

The unit starts playback from the selected
scene.
NOTE
• With some discs, depending on the contents, it
may take some time until all the scenes appear
on the screen.

29

XV-C3SL / LET0213-008A / English


!  !!  "!

Advanced operations

• Pressing 8 when the nine still pictures are shown
will advance to the next nine still pictures.

To zoom a scene [ZOOM]

• Pressing 3 when the nine still pictures are shown
will advance pictures in normal playback speed.

TV

TV1

• To cancel strobe play
Press and hold 8 for more than 1 second.

DVD

STANDBY/ON
TV
DVD

OPEN/
CLOSE
TV2

TV3

1

2

3

TV4

TV5

TV6

4

5

6

TV7

TV8

TV9

7

8

9

TV

TV0

MUTING

10

0

+10
TV/VIDEO
CANCEL

TO

RETURN

NOTE

P

ME

NU CH

ME
NU

+

VOL-

2

VOL+

ENTER

• If you press and hold 8 for more than 1 second
during playback, nine still pictures also appear
but they advance in normal playback speed.

CH

CE
PREVIOUS

CLEAR

P
DIS
NEXT
SELECT

SLOW-

PLAY
MODE

SUB TITLE

DIGEST

ANGLE

3D
PHONIC

To playback in slow-motion
[SLOW]

CH

OI

LA

Y

STROBE

SLOW+
THEATER
AUDIO POSITION

ZOOM

-AMP VOL +

1

RM-SXV005U
REMOTE CONTROL

■ During playback or while paused

1 Press ZOOM.
TV

DVD

TV1

TV2

TV3

1

2

3

TV4

TV5

4

5

TV7

TV8

TV6

6
TV9

7

8

9

TV

TV0

MUTING

10

0

+10
TV/VIDEO
CANCEL

TO

RETURN

P

ME

“ZOOM” appears on the TV screen.
The unit zooms in to the center part of the
scene to produce a double-sized image.

STANDBY/ON
TV
DVD

OPEN/
CLOSE

NU CH

ME
NU

+

VOL-

VOL+

ENTER

CH

CH

OI

CE
PREVIOUS

CLEAR

P
DIS
NEXT
SELECT

Advanced
operations

SLOW-

PLAY
MODE

SUB TITLE

DIGEST

ANGLE

3D
PHONIC

LA

Y

STROBE

SLOW+

1

THEATER
AUDIO POSITION

ZOOM

-AMP VOL +

RM-SXV005U
REMOTE CONTROL

ZOOM

■ During playback

1 Press 8, then use 1 / ¡.
To play forward slow-motion, press ¡, and to
play reverse slow-motion (for DVD VIDEO discs
only), press 1 . First, the unit plays the
slowest speed, and each time you press the
button, the playback speed increases.
• To return to normal playback
Press 3.

2 Use CURSOR 5/∞/2/3 to move the
zoomed-in scene.
ZOOM

• To pause slow-motion playback
Press 8.
NOTES
• The sound is muted during slow-motion
playback.
• Reverse slow-motion playback is not possible
for a Video CD/SVCD.

• To return to normal playback
Press ZOOM again.
NOTE
• While zoomed, the picture may look coarse.

30

XV-C3SL / LET0213-008A / English


  !!  "!

Advanced operations

English

Changing the playback
order

You can play titles or tracks on a disc inserted in the
desired order by using the Program function.

TV2

TV1

TV3

1

2

3

TV5

TV6

4

5

TV7

TV8

8

9

TV0

MUTING

10

0

+10
TV/VIDEO
CANCEL

TO

RETURN

P

ME

3
2-2

6
TV9

7
TV

NU CH

ME
NU

+

VOL-

VOL+

ENTER

CH

CH

OI

CE
PREVIOUS

CLEAR

P
DIS
NEXT
SELECT

SLOW-

1

LA

2-1
4

Y

STROBE

SLOW+

PLAY
MODE

SUB TITLE

DIGEST

ANGLE

THEATER
AUDIO POSITION

ZOOM

3D
PHONIC

4
2
10

5

6

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

• If you specify a wrong selection
Press TV/VIDEO-CANCEL. The last selection
programmed is erased.
• To clear the program
Press 7 .

4 Press 3 to start program play.

DVD

TV4

3
1
9

-AMP VOL +

RM-SXV005U

When all of the programmed titles/tracks have
finished playback, the unit stops but the
program remains.
NOTES
• Some DVD VIDEO discs may not be played
back correctly in program mode.
• During program playback, pressing ¢ skip to
the next selection of the program. Pressing 4
returns to the beginning of the current
selection, however, you cannot skip back to
the previous selection.
• By pressing PLAY MODE during program
playback, the program table is displayed on the
TV screen and the current program number is
indicated in yellow.

REMOTE CONTROL

■ While stopped

1 Press PLAY MODE.
The play mode menu appears on the TV
screen.

2 Use CURSOR 2/3 to move

to

[PROGRAM] and press ENTER.
REPEAT

PROGRAM

• To quit program playback
Press 7 while stopped.
The “PROGRAM” indicator in the display window
turns off.
Note that the program remains.
To clear the program, press 7 while the program
table is shown on the TV screen.

Advanced
operations

TV

STANDBY/ON
TV
DVD

OPEN/
CLOSE

2
2
8

The programmed title/track
number is shown under each
program number.

You can play titles or tracks on a disc inserted in the
desired order or in random order.

To playback in the desired order
[PROGRAM]

1
3
7

RANDOM

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

• While stopped and the play mode menu is
displayed on the TV screen, by moving
to
[PROGRAM] and pressing ENTER, the program
mode quits. Note that the program remains.

The program table appears under the menu
bar (as shown above).
The “PROGRAM” indicator appears in the
display window on the front panel.

3 Specify the titles or tracks in the desired
order using the numeric buttons.
See page 11 for details about how to use the
numeric buttons.
Up to 18 titles or tracks can be programmed.
You may select the same title or track more
than once.

31

XV-C3SL / LET0213-008A / English


   !!  "!

Advanced operations

To playback in random order
[RANDOM]

Repeat playback

You can play titles or tracks on a disc inserted in
random order by using the random function.
TV

TV2

TV1

1

TV3

2

TV4

3

TV5

TV6

4

5

6

TV7

TV8

TV9

7

8

9

TV

TV0

MUTING

10

0

+10
TV/VIDEO
CANCEL

RETURN

TO

3

P

ME

To repeat the current selection or all
tracks [REPEAT]

DVD

STANDBY/ON
TV
DVD

OPEN/
CLOSE

You can repeat playback of the current selection or all
disc contents (except DVD VIDEO). You can also
repeat playback of a desired part.

NU CH

ME
NU

+

VOL-

TV

DVD

STANDBY/ON
TV
DVD

OPEN/
CLOSE

VOL+

ENTER

TV2

TV1
CH

CH

OI

CE
PREVIOUS

CLEAR

P
DIS
NEXT
SELECT

SLOW-

2

Y

1

STROBE

SLOW+

PLAY
MODE

SUB TITLE

DIGEST

ANGLE

TV3

2

TV4

3

TV5

TV6

4

5

6

TV7

TV8

TV9

7

8

9

TV

TV0

MUTING

10

0

+10
TV/VIDEO
CANCEL

RETURN

THEATER
AUDIO POSITION

TO

1

LA

ZOOM

P

ME

NU CH

2-2

ME
NU

+

VOL-

VOL+

ENTER
3D
PHONIC

-AMP VOL +

CH

CH

OI

CE PREVIOUS

CLEAR

RM-SXV005U

P
DIS
NEXT

SELECT

LA

2-1

Y

STROBE

REMOTE CONTROL

SLOW-

1

■ While stopped

PLAY
MODE

SUB TITLE

DIGEST

ANGLE

3D
PHONIC

SLOW+
THEATER
AUDIO POSITION

ZOOM

-AMP VOL +

1 Press PLAY MODE.

RM-SXV005U
REMOTE CONTROL

The play mode menu appears on the TV
screen.

Advanced
operations

2 Use CURSOR 2/3 to move

to

[RANDOM].
REPEAT

PROGRAM

RANDOM

■ For DVD VIDEO : During playback

For Audio CD/Video CD/SVCD :
In any condition except Video CD/SVCD
playback with PBC

1 Press PLAY MODE.
The play mode menu appears on the TV
screen.

2 Use CURSOR 2/3 to move

to [REPEAT],

then press ENTER.

3 Press ENTER.
The unit starts random playback.
The “RANDOM” indicator appears in the
display window on the front panel. After
playing all titles/tracks of the disc, random
playback ends.

Each time you press ENTER, the repeat mode
changes as follows depending on the disc type
and unit’s status :
• During DVD VIDEO playback
DVD CONTROL
REPEAT A-B REPEAT TIME SEARCH

CHAP. SEARCH

REPEAT TITLE

• The same title or track will not be played back
more than once during random play.

• To stop/quit random playback in the middle
Press 7 to stop playback. The unit is still in
random playback mode, so pressing 3 starts
random playback again.
To quit random playback, press 7 again while
stopped. The “RANDOM” indicator in the display
window turns off.
NOTE
• Some DVD VIDEO discs may not be played
back correctly in the random mode.

32

Selected repeat mode

REPEAT TITLE
(current title repeat)
REPEAT CHAPTER
(current chapter repeat)
No indication (off)

XV-C3SL / LET0213-008A / English


  !!  "!

Advanced operations

• Audio CD/Video CD/SVCD
(for Video CD/SVCD)

(for Audio CD)

English

To repeat a desired part
[A-B REPEAT]

VCD CONTROL

CD CONTROL
REPEAT A-B REPEAT TIME SEARCH

REPEAT A-B REPEAT TIME SEARCH PBC CALL

REPEAT ALL

REPEAT ALL
TV

TV2

TV1

1

3

TV5

TV6

4

5

6

TV7

TV8

TV9

7

8

9

TV

TV0

MUTING

0

+10

10

Selected repeat mode

TV3

2

TV4

TV/VIDEO
CANCEL

RETURN

P

TO

Selected repeat mode

DVD

STANDBY/ON
TV
DVD

OPEN/
CLOSE

ME

NU CH

2-2, 3

ME
NU

+

VOL-

VOL+

ENTER

REPEAT ALL (all track repeat)

CH

CH

OI

CE PREVIOUS

CLEAR

REPEAT 1 (current track repeat)

P
DIS
NEXT

SELECT

SLOW-

1

No indication
(off)

PLAY
MODE

SUB TITLE

DIGEST

ANGLE

3D
PHONIC

LA

2-1

Y

STROBE

SLOW+
THEATER
AUDIO POSITION

ZOOM

-AMP VOL +

RM-SXV005U
REMOTE CONTROL

• If you press 7 in REPEAT TITLE or REPEAT
CHAPTER mode, the unit stops playback and quits
the mode.

• To quit repeat playback
With
pointed at [REPEAT], press ENTER
repeatedly until the mode is set to off.
NOTES
• Some DVD VIDEO discs do not allow the title
repeat or/and chapter repeat.
• Some DVD VIDEO discs automatically stop
playback in the middle of the disc.
• Repeat playback function cannot be used
during Video CD/SVCD playback with PBC
function.
• To turn off the play mode menu display.
Press PLAY MODE.

■ During playback

1 Press PLAY MODE.
The play mode menu appears on the TV
screen.

2 Use CURSOR 2/3 to move

to [A-B
REPEAT], then press ENTER at the
beginning of the part you want to repeat
(point A).

Make sure that the REPEAT mode is off. If any
REPEAT mode is selected, you cannot move
to [A-B REPEAT].

Advanced
operations

• If you press 7 in REPEAT ALL or REPEAT1 mode,
the unit stops playback but remains in the mode.

3 Press ENTER at the end of the part you
want to repeat (point B).
The unit locates “A” and starts repeat playback
between “A” and “B.”
(for DVD VIDEO)

(for Audio CD)
CD CONTROL

DVD CONTROL
REPEAT A-B REPEAT TIME SEARCH

A 0:00:16

CHAP. SEARCH

A 0:00:16

B 0:01:16

Point A

REPEAT A-B REPEAT TIME SEARCH

Point A

Point B

B 0:01:31

Point B

(for Video CD/SVCD)
VCD CONTROL
REPEAT A-B REPEAT TIME SEARCH

A 0:00:16

Point A

PBC CALL

B 0:01:31

Point B

33

XV-C3SL / LET0213-008A / English


#  !!  "!

Advanced operations

• To quit A-B repeat playback
Press 7. The unit stops playback and quits A-B
repeat mode.
• During playback, pressing ENTER when
is
pointed at [A-B REPEAT] quits A-B repeat mode
and continues playback.
• You can also quit A-B repeat mode by pressing 4
or ¢.

NOTES
• To turn off the play mode menu.
Press PLAY MODE.
• If
appears when pressing ENTER in step 2
during DVD/SVCD playback.

Selecting a scene angle of
DVD VIDEO
You can enjoy a variety of scene angles if the DVD
VIDEO disc contains “multi-angle” parts, where
multiple cameras were used to shoot the same scene
from different angles.

• At the beginning of a “multi-angle” part,
appears on the TV screen.

To select a scene angle from the normal
screen [ANGLE]

You cannot repeat the selected portion because
of the disc contents.
• The A-B REPEAT function cannot be used
during program playback.

TV

DVD

STANDBY/ON
TV
DVD

OPEN/
CLOSE
TV1

TV2

1

TV3

2

TV4

3

TV5

TV6

4

5

6

TV7

TV8

TV9

7

8

9

TV

TV0

MUTING

0

+10

10

TV/VIDEO
CANCEL

TO

RETURN

P

ME

NU CH

ME
NU

+

VOL-

VOL+

ENTER
CH

CH

OI

CE PREVIOUS

CLEAR

P
DIS
NEXT

SELECT

Advanced
operations

SLOW-

1, 2

PLAY
MODE

SUB TITLE

DIGEST

ANGLE

3D
PHONIC

LA

Y

2

STROBE

SLOW+
THEATER
AUDIO POSITION

ZOOM

-AMP VOL +

RM-SXV005U
REMOTE CONTROL

■ During DVD VIDEO playback

1 Press ANGLE.
The Angle selection display appears on the TV
screen.
1/3

2 Use ANGLE or CURSOR 2/3 to select the
desired angle.
Each time you press ANGLE or CURSOR 2/3,
the angle changes.
Example:
1/3
2/3
3/3

34

XV-C3SL / LET0213-008A / English


$  !!  "!

Advanced operations

English

NOTES
• The Angle selection display will automatically
disappear if you do not change the angle for 10
seconds.
• To turn off the Angle selection display
manually, press ENTER.
• When

appears on the TV screen

The current scene is not recorded from multiple
angles.

To select a scene angle from the angle
list display [ANGLE]

Changing the language
and sound
For DVD VIDEO discs, you can select the subtitle
language, as well as the audio language/sound
included on a disc.
For Video CD/SVCD discs, you can select the audio
channel(s).

To select the subtitle language
[SUBTITLE]
TV

TV

TV2

TV1

1
TV2

TV1

3
TV6

4

5

6

TV7

TV8

TV9

8

9

TV0

MUTING

10

0

+10

P

ME

TO

ME
NU

+

VOL-

OI

2

VOL+

CH
-

CE

P
DIS
NEXT

PREVIOUS
CLEAR

SELECT

SLOW-

1

PLAY
MODE

SUB TITLE

DIGEST

ANGLE

3D
PHONIC

LA

6
TV9

7

8

9

TV

TV0

MUTING

0

+10
TV/VIDEO
CANCEL

P

ME

NU CH

ME
NU

+

VOL-

VOL+

ENTER

ENTER

CH

3
TV6

5
TV8

RETURN

TV/VIDEO
CANCEL

NU CH

TV3

TV5

4
TV7

10

7
TV
RETURN

TO

3

2
TV5

2

TV4

TV3

1
TV4

DVD

STANDBY/ON
TV
DVD

OPEN/
CLOSE

DVD

STANDBY/ON
TV
DVD

OPEN/
CLOSE

CH

Y

CH

OI

CE PREVIOUS

CLEAR

STROBE

P
DIS
NEXT
SELECT

SLOW-

SLOW+

1, 2

THEATER
AUDIO POSITION

PLAY
MODE

SUB TITLE

DIGEST

ANGLE

3D
PHONIC

ZOOM

LA

3

Y

STROBE

SLOW+
THEATER
AUDIO POSITION

ZOOM

-AMP VOL +

-AMP VOL +

RM-SXV005U
REMOTE CONTROL

RM-SXV005U

■ During DVD VIDEO playback

1 Press and hold ANGLE for more than 1
second.
Up to nine camera angles recorded on a disc
appear on the TV screen.

■ During playback

1 Press SUBTITLE.
The Subtitle selection display appears on the
TV screen.
(for DVD VIDEO)
(for SVCD)
ON

1/3

ENGLISH

ON

Advanced
operations

REMOTE CONTROL

1/4

2 To turn the subtitle on and off, press
The selected camera angle

2 Use CURSOR 5/∞/2/3 to select the
desired angle.

3 Press ENTER.
The unit starts playback by the selected angle
on the full-sized screen.

SUBTITLE.

3 To select the desired subtitle language, use
CURSOR 2/3.
• For DVD VIDEO
Each time you press
CURSOR 2/3, the
subtitle language
changes.

Example:
1/3 ENGLISH
2/3 FRENCH

NOTES
• When
appears on the TV screen in step 1:
The current scene is not recorded from multiple
angles.

3/3 SPANISH
-/3 (off)

• During the operation above, audio is muted.

35

XV-C3SL / LET0213-008A / English


%  !!  "!

Advanced operations

• For SVCD
Example:
Pressing CURSOR 2/3 cycles
among the four subtitle channels
OFF -/4
on the right hand regardless of
whether the subtitle is recorded
1/4
or not.
You can also select the subtitle
2/4
by pressing SUBTITLE.
3/4
4/4

(for DVD VIDEO)
1/3

(for Video CD)

ENGLISH

STEREO

(for SVCD)
STEREO-1

NOTES
• For DVD VIDEO, the selected language may be
abbreviated on the TV screen. See “Appendix A :
Table of languages and their abbreviations” at the
end of this manual.
• The Subtitle selection display will
automatically disappear if you do not change
the subtitle for 10 seconds.
• To turn off the Subtitle selection display
manually, press ENTER.
• When

appears on the TV screen:

You cannot select the subtitle.

2 Use AUDIO or CURSOR 2/3 to select the
desired audio.
• For DVD VIDEO
Each time you press AUDIO Example:
or CURSOR 2/3, the audio
1/3 ENGLISH
language or sound
changes.
2/3 FRENCH

Advanced
operations

3/3 SPANISH

To change the audio language or sound
[AUDIO]
By AUDIO selection, you can choose the audio
language of movies or choose to enjoy karaoke with
or without the vocal.
TV

DVD

STANDBY/ON
TV
DVD

OPEN/
CLOSE
TV2

TV1

1

3

TV5

5

6

TV8

TV9

7

8
TV0

10

0

TO

ME

L

STEREO-2
L-1
R-1

9
MUTING

+10
TV/VIDEO
CANCEL

RETURN

P

STEREO-1

R

TV6

4
TV7
TV

STEREO

TV3

2

TV4

• For Video CD/SVCD
Each time you press AUDIO or CURSOR 2/3, the
playback audio changes as follows.
(Video CD)
(SVCD)

NU CH

L-2

ME
NU

+

VOL-

VOL+

ENTER

CH

CH

OI

CE PREVIOUS

CLEAR

P
DIS
NEXT
SELECT

SLOW-

1, 2

PLAY
MODE

SUB TITLE

DIGEST

ANGLE

3D
PHONIC

LA

Y

R-2

2

STROBE

SLOW+
THEATER
AUDIO POSITION

ZOOM

-AMP VOL +

RM-SXV005U
REMOTE CONTROL

■ During playback

1 Press AUDIO.
The Audio selection display appears on the TV
screen.

NOTES
• For DVD VIDEO, the selected language may be
abbreviated on the TV screen. See “Appendix A :
Table of languages and their abbreviations” at the
end of this manual.
• The Audio selection display will automatically
disappear if you do not change the audio for 10
seconds.
• To turn off the Audio selection display
manually, press ENTER.
• When
appears on the TV screen (for a DVD
VIDEO disc):
You cannot select the audio.

36

XV-C3SL / LET0213-008A / English


&  !!  "!

Advanced operations

English

Selecting the picture
character

Enjoying virtual surround
sound

You can select the picture character from among four
options according to the source program, lighting
condition of the room and/or personal preference.

Using the 3D PHONIC function, you can get a
simulated surround effect from your stereo system.

To select the picture character
[THEATER POSITION]

To simulate surround sound
[3D PHONIC]

TV

DVD

STANDBY/ON
TV
DVD

OPEN/
CLOSE
TV2

TV1

1

2

3

TV4

TV5

TV6

4

5

TV7

TV8

TO

TV1

6
9
MUTING

0

+10
TV/VIDEO
CANCEL

ME

NU CH

ME
NU

+

VOL-

OI

VOL+

CH
-

CE

PREVIOUS
CLEAR

TO

P
DIS
NEXT
SELECT

SLOW-

PLAY
MODE

SUB TITLE

DIGEST

ANGLE

3D
PHONIC

LA

3

TV5

TV6

4

5

6

TV7

TV8

TV9

7

8

9

TV

TV0

MUTING

10

0

+10
TV/VIDEO
CANCEL

RETURN

ENTER
CH

TV3

2

TV4

8
TV0

10

DVD

TV2

1

TV9

7
TV
RETURN

P

TV

STANDBY/ON
TV
DVD

OPEN/
CLOSE

TV3

P

ME

NU CH

ME
NU

+

VOL-

VOL+

Y

ENTER
CH

STROBE

CH

OI

CE PREVIOUS

CLEAR

SLOW+

1, 2

THEATER
AUDIO POSITION

ZOOM

1, 2

RM-SXV005U

SELECT

SLOW-

-AMP VOL +

REMOTE CONTROL

P
DIS
NEXT

PLAY
MODE

SUB TITLE

DIGEST

ANGLE

3D
PHONIC

LA

Y

STROBE

SLOW+
THEATER
AUDIO POSITION

ZOOM

-AMP VOL +

RM-SXV005U
REMOTE CONTROL

■ During playback

The theater position display appears on the TV screen.

2 Select the desired theater position by using
THEATER POSITION.
Each time you press the THEATER POSITION, the
picture character changes as follows :
THEATER 1

■ During playback

1 Press 3D PHONIC.
The 3D PHONIC display appears on the TV
screen.

Advanced
operations

1 Press THEATER POSITION.

2 Select the desired mode by using 3D
PHONIC.
Each time you press the 3D PHONIC, the 3D
PHONIC mode changes as follows :
3D PHONIC DRAMA

Selected picture character
THEATER 1
THEATER 2
THEATER 3

Selected effect mode
“THEATER OFF” is
the normal position.
Selecting a higher
number tones down
the picture character.

3D PHONIC ACTION*
3D PHONIC DRAMA

THEATER OFF

3D PHONIC THEATER

NOTES
• The theater position display will automatically
disappear if you do not change the theater
position for 5 seconds.

3D PHONIC OFF

• To turn off the theater position display
manually, press ENTER.

37

XV-C3SL / LET0213-008A / English


'  !!  "!

Advanced operations

• ACTION
Suitable for action movies and sports programs
in which sounds dynamically move.
• DRAMA
Natural and warm sound. You can enjoy movies
in a relaxed mood.
• THEATER
You can enjoy sound effects like in a major
theater in Hollywood.

Checking the status
You can view the disc/time information, as well as
the DVD functions status on the TV screen.

To check the disc/time information

 When you play a DVD VIDEO disc recorded in

TV

TV2

TV1

1

6
TV9

8

9

TV

TV0

MUTING

10

0

+10
TV/VIDEO
CANCEL

TO

P

ME

NU CH

CH

VOL+

CH

OI

CE PREVIOUS

Advanced
operations

• When you set the 3D PHONIC function to on,
the DOWN MIX and COMPRESSION settings in
the AUDIO page of the preference display are
disabled.

P
DIS
NEXT

SELECT

PLAY
MODE

SUB TITLE

DIGEST

ANGLE

LA

Y

1

STROBE

SLOW-

• With a Video CD disc, if the Audio setting is set
to L or R, you cannot activate the 3D PHONIC
function (i.e. the 3D PHONIC mode is fixed to
OFF).

• The sound effect will not be set or operate,
even if 3D PHONIC is pressed, for the sound of
DVD VIDEO discs recorded in Linear PCM.

ME
NU

+

VOL-

ENTER

• To turn off the 3D PHONIC display manually,
press ENTER.

• The 3D PHONIC function does not affect the
DTS or Dolby Digital bitstream signal from the
DIGITAL OUT jack.

TV6

5
TV8

7

CLEAR

• The 3D PHONIC function works correctly when
playing back discs recorded in the Dolby
Surround or Dolby Digital 5.1-CH format.
It also works when playing back discs other
than those above, but does not provide the
correct effect.

3

TV5

4
TV7

RETURN

• The 3D PHONIC display will automatically
disappear if you do not change the 3D PHONIC
for 5 seconds.

Conversely, when the 3D PHONIC function is
active, changing the AUDIO setting to L or R
from STEREO cancels the 3D PHONIC function.

TV3

2

TV4

NOTES

DVD

STANDBY/ON
TV
DVD

OPEN/
CLOSE

Dolby Digital which contains more than 3
channels, ACTION does not appear.

SLOW+
THEATER
AUDIO POSITION

3D
PHONIC

ZOOM

-AMP VOL +

RM-SXV005U
REMOTE CONTROL

■ During playback

1 Press DISPLAY once for a Audio CD, Video CD
or SVCD disc, or twice for a DVD VIDEO disc.
The disc/time display appears on the TV screen.
(for DVD VIDEO)
TITLE

1 CHAP. 25 TIME 2:25:25

BITRATE

3.3 Mbps

Transmission rate
Elapsed time
Current chapter number
Current title number

(for Audio CD, Video CD or SVCD playing
without PBC)
TRACK

1 TIME 00:08

EACH

Time mode
Current track elapsed time
Current track number

(for Video CD/SVCD playing with PBC)
TRACK

1 TIME 00:08 PBC

PBC on status
Current track elapsed time
Current track number

• To turn off the disc/time display.
Press DISPLAY.
38

XV-C3SL / LET0213-008A / English


(  !!  "!

Advanced operations

To check the DVD function status
TV

DVD

TV2

TV1

1

3

TV5

TV6

4

5

6

TV7

TV8

TV9

7

8

TV

TV0

10

0

9

Dimming brightness of the display
window

MUTING

+10
TV/VIDEO
CANCEL

RETURN

TO

You can dim the brightness of the display window.

TV3

2

TV4

ME

NU CH

ME
NU

+

VOL-

VOL+

ENTER

CH

To dim the brightness of
the display window

STANDBY/ON
TV
DVD

OPEN/
CLOSE

P

English

CH
-

OI

P
DIS
NEXT

CE
PREVIOUS

CLEAR

SELECT

SLOW-

LA

Y

1

STROBE

SLOW+

TV
PLAY
MODE

SUB TITLE

DIGEST

ANGLE

TV1

ZOOM

TV2

1
3D
PHONIC

RM-SXV005U

TV3

2

TV4

-AMP VOL +

DVD

STANDBY/ON
TV
DVD

OPEN/
CLOSE

THEATER
AUDIO POSITION

3

TV5

TV6

4

5

6

TV7

TV8

TV9

7

8

9

TV

TV0

MUTING

10

0

+10
TV/VIDEO
CANCEL

RETURN

TO

REMOTE CONTROL

P

ME

NU CH

ME
NU

+

VOL-

1

VOL+

ENTER

■ During DVD VIDEO playback

CH

1 Press DISPLAY.

CE
PREVIOUS

P
DIS
NEXT

SELECT

SLOW-

The DVD function status display appears on
the TV screen.

1
1/2

CH

OI

CLEAR

1/2
1/2
ENGLISH ENGLISH

PLAY
MODE

SUB TITLE

DIGEST

ANGLE

3D
PHONIC

LA

Y

STROBE

SLOW+
THEATER
AUDIO POSITION

ZOOM

-AMP VOL +

RM-SXV005U
REMOTE CONTROL

1 Press CURSOR ∞ while holding down
The current selections of the camera angle,
audio language and subtitle language are
shown.
• To turn off the DVD function status display.
Press DISPLAY twice.

ANGLE.
You can set the brightness from among three
levels. Each press of the button makes the
display window darker.
To restore the display window brighter, press
CURSOR 5.

Advanced
operations

■ When no disc is inserted or while stopped

39

XV-C3SL / LET0213-008A / English


#!  !!  "!

MP3 disc playback
This unit can playback CD discs recorded by the MP3
format (we refer to those discs as MP3 discs in this
manual).
Operations for MP3 discs are similar to those for
Audio CD discs, though there are some restrictions
and differences.

What is MP3?
MP3 is the abbreviation of “MPEG1 Audio Layer
3.” MPEG Audio is a compression specification
that compresses the audio portion only. This
image compression method is used in DVD or
Video CD, etc. The audio data has been
compressed into about 1/10.

About MP3 disc
On an MP3 disc, each material (song) is recorded on
each Track (file), which usually belongs to a Group
(folder).
Group 1

Track 1

Track 2

Group 2

Track 3

Track 1

Track 2

This unit can recognize up to 99 Groups and up to
254 Tracks per Group, however, the number of
Tracks to be played back on a disc is limited to 1023.
If a disc includes more than 1023 Tracks, the unit stops
detecting Tracks when the number of detected Tracks
reaches 1023 and ignores the subsequent Tracks. The
unit also ignores any non-MP3 file in the disc.

MP3 disc
playback

NOTES for making a private MP3 disc
using a CD-R/CD-RW disc:
• Select “ISO 9660” as the disc format.
• Do not select the “multi-session” recording.
• Finalize the disc.

NOTES
• Because of the disc characteristics or recording
condition, some discs may not be played back
or it takes time to start playback.
• The unit does not support “packet writing” discs.
• If there are any Tracks (files) which are stored
on a disc directly and do not belong to any
Group (directory), the unit recognized them as
belonging to an independent Group.
• The unit does not output a digital audio signal
from DIGITAL OUT when playing back an MP3
disc.
• The unit plays back Groups/Tracks on an MP3
disc in the alphabetical order.
For example, if there are three title Groups
[one], [two] and [three] on a disc, the playback
order is [one], [three] then [two]. Tracks in a
Group are played back in the same way.
Therefore, an MP3 disc on the market may be
played back in the different order from the
order printed on its sleeve.

40

Unavailable functions
As described earlier, there are some restriction for
playback of MP3 discs. Following functions are not
available with MP3 discs.

Unavailable functions for MP3 discs
Function
name

Function

Resume

To resume playback

Time search

To locate a desired position in the
current track

Manual search

To advance or reverse playback
rapidly

A-B repeat

To repeat a desired part

3D PHONIC

To simulate surround sound

NOTES
• You cannot playback Tracks in the desired
(programmed) or random order, nor playback a
Track repeatedly.
• The screen saver function is not active with an
MP3 disc, as with an Audio CD.

XV-C3SL / LET0213-008A / English


#  !!  "!

MP3 disc playback

Track/Group selection using the
numeric buttons

Basic operations
Basic operations using the basic
control buttons
TV

DVD

STANDBY/ON
TV
DVD

OPEN/
CLOSE
TV1

TV2

2

3

TV5

TV6

4

5

6

TV7

TV8

TV9

7

8

9

TV

TV0

10

0

TO

P

N
ME

The same method for selecting a track of an Audio
CD disc can be applied for selecting a Group or
Track of an MP3 disc except for a three-figure Track.
For selecting a three-figure Track (i.e. Track 100 or
higher), follow the procedure below.

MUTING

+10
TV/VIDEO
CANCEL

RETURN

U

ME
NU

CH
+

VOL-

While stopped, you can select a Group to be played
using the numeric buttons.
During playback, you can select a Track in the
current Group to be played using the numeric
buttons.

How to select a Track or Group:

TV3

1
TV4

VOL+

ENTER

HO

CH
-

IC E

PREVIOUS
CLEAR

SELECT

SLOW-

PLAY
MODE

TV

PL
DIS
NEXT

SUB TITLE

TV2

TV1

1

Basic
control
buttons

STROBE

SLOW+

DVD

STANDBY/ON
TV
DVD

OPEN/
CLOSE

AY

TV3

2

TV4

3

TV5

TV6

4

5

6

TV7

TV8

TV9

7

8

9

TV

TV0

MUTING

10

0

+10
TV/VIDEO
CANCEL

RETURN

THEATER
AUDIO POSITION

TO

C

English

P

ME

NU CH

2
1

ME
NU

+

VOL-

VOL+

ENTER

DIGEST

ANGLE

ZOOM

CH

CH
-

OI

P
DIS
NEXT

CE
PREVIOUS

3D
PHONIC

LA

Y

-AMP VOL +
CLEAR

SELECT

SLOW-

PLAY
MODE

SUB TITLE

DIGEST

ANGLE

STROBE

SLOW+
THEATER
AUDIO POSITION

RM-SXV005U
REMOTE CONTROL

3D
PHONIC

The following table shows basic functions of basic
control buttons.
As you can see 3, 7, 8 and 4/ ¢ buttons
function the same as with Audio CD discs, though
1/ ¡ buttons function is different.

Starts playback
Stops playback completely
Pauses playback temporarily
Skips back or forward a Track*
Skips back or forward a Group

* You can skip a Track across a Group. i.e. pressing
¢ when the last Track of the current Group is
selected skips to the first Track of the next Group.
NOTES
• The current Group and Track numbers are shown
on the display window in the following manner.
VCDVD

GROUP TITLE TRACK CHAP

■ During playback

1 Holding down the +10 button for 2 seconds
or more.

Functions

3
7
8
¢
4/¢
1/¡
¡

RM-SXV005U
REMOTE CONTROL

“- - -” appears in the display window showing
that you can now enter a three-figure number
directly.

MP3 disc
playback

Buttons

ZOOM

-AMP VOL +

2 Use the numeric buttons (0 to 9) to specify
the desired Track number directly.
• Example:
To specify Track 254 : press 2, 5 and 4.
• You can also specify a single- or double-figure
Track using this method.
Example:
• To specify Track 5, press 0, 0 and 5.
• To specify Track 25, press 0, 2 and 5.

1 A-B

PROGRAM
RANDOM

Current track elapsed time
Current track number
Current group number
• You cannot advance or reverse playback of an
MP3 disc rapidly.

41

XV-C3SL / LET0213-008A / English


#   !!  "!

MP3 disc playback

Advanced functions

• If you specify a wrong selection
Press TV/VIDEO CANCEL. The last selection
programmed is erased.

Program playback

• To clear the program
Press 7 .

You can playback Groups on an MP3 disc in the
desired order.
TV

DVD

STANDBY/ON
TV
DVD

OPEN/
CLOSE
TV1

TV2

1

2

TV4

3
TV6

5

6

TV8

TV9

7

8

9

TV

TV0

MUTING

10

0

+10

TO

3
2-2

TV/VIDEO
CANCEL

RETURN

ME

NU CH

ME
NU

+

VOL-

VOL+

ENTER
CH

CH

OI

CE PREVIOUS

CLEAR

P
DIS
NEXT
SELECT

LA

2-1

Y

STROBE

SLOW-

1

SLOW+

PLAY
MODE

SUB TITLE

DIGEST

ANGLE

3D
PHONIC

ZOOM

• While stopped and the play mode menu is
displayed on the TV screen, by moving to
[PROGRAM] and pressing ENTER, the program
mode quits. Note that the program remains.

-AMP VOL +

RM-SXV005U

■ While stopped

NOTES

1 Press PLAY MODE.
The play mode menu appears on the TV
screen.

2 Use CURSOR 2/3 to move

to

[PROGRAM] and press ENTER.
REPEAT

MP3 disc
playback

• To quit program playback
Press 7 while stopped.
The “PROGRAM” indicator in the display window
turns off.
Note that the program remains.
To clear the program, press 7 while the program
table is shown on the TV screen.

4

THEATER
AUDIO POSITION

REMOTE CONTROL

PROGRAM

RANDOM

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

The program table appears under the menu
bar (as shown above).
The “PROGRAM” indicator appears in the
display window on the front panel.

3 Specify the groups in the desired order
using the numeric buttons.
See page 11 for details about how to use the
numeric buttons.
Up to 18 groups can be programmed. You may
select the same group more than once.
REPEAT

PROGRAM

RANDOM

1
3
7

2
2
8

3
1
9

4
2
10

5

6

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

The programmed group
number is shown under
each program number.

42

When all of the programmed groups have
finished playback, the unit stops but the
program remains.

TV3

TV5

4
TV7

P

4 Press 3 to start program play.

• You cannot playback Tracks in a Group in the
desired order.
• By pressing PLAY MODE during program
playback, the program table is displayed on the
TV screen and the current program number is
indicated in yellow.

XV-C3SL / LET0213-008A / English


#  !!  "!

MP3 disc playback

English

Random playback

Repeat playback

You can playback Groups on an MP3 disc in random
order.

You can repeat playback of the current Group or all
Groups.

TV

DVD

TV2

TV1

1

DVD

STANDBY/ON
TV
DVD

OPEN/
CLOSE

TV3

2

3

TV2

TV1

TV3

TV6

1

4

5

6

TV4

TV7

TV8

TV9

4

5

6

7

8

9

TV7

TV8

TV9

TV

TV0

MUTING

7

8

9

10

0

+10

TV

TV0

MUTING

0

+10

TV4

TV5

2

3

TV5

10

TV/VIDEO
CANCEL

RETURN

3

TV

STANDBY/ON
TV
DVD

OPEN/
CLOSE

TV6

TV/VIDEO
CANCEL

P

ME
NU

+

VOL-

VOL+

TO

TO

RETURN

NU CH
ME

ENTER

P

ME

NU CH

ME
NU

+

VOL-

2-2

VOL+

ENTER
CH

CH
-

OI

CE
PREVIOUS

CLEAR

DIS
NEXT

SELECT

A
PL

2

Y

CH

CH

OI

CE PREVIOUS

CLEAR
SLOW-

P
DIS
NEXT

SELECT

Y

2-1

STROBE

SLOW+

SLOW-

1

LA

STROBE

PLAY
MODE

SUB TITLE

DIGEST

ANGLE

3D
PHONIC

THEATER
AUDIO POSITION

1

ZOOM

-AMP VOL +

PLAY
MODE

SUB TITLE

DIGEST

ANGLE

SLOW+
THEATER
AUDIO POSITION

3D
PHONIC

ZOOM

-AMP VOL +

RM-SXV005U
REMOTE CONTROL

RM-SXV005U
REMOTE CONTROL

■ While stopped

■ During playback

1 Press PLAY MODE.
The play mode menu appears on the TV
screen.

2 Use CURSOR 2/3 to move

to [RANDOM].

1 Press PLAY MODE.
The play mode menu appears on the TV
screen.

2 Use CURSOR 2/3 to move

to [REPEAT],

then press ENTER.
REPEAT

PROGRAM

RANDOM

Each time you press ENTER, the repeat mode
changes as follows depending on the disc type
and unit’s status:
CD CONTROL
REPEAT A-B REPEAT TIME SEARCH
REPEAT ALL

MP3 disc
playback

3 Press ENTER.
The unit starts random playback.
The “RANDOM” indicator appears in the
display window on the front panel. After
playing all groups of the disc, random
playback ends.

Selected repeat mode
REPEAT ALL (all group repeat)
REPEAT 1 (current group repeat)

• The same group will not be played back more than
once during random play.

• To stop/quit random playback in the middle
Press 7 to stop playback. The unit is still in
random playback mode, so pressing 3 starts
random playback again.
To quit random playback, press 7 again while
stopped. The “RANDOM” indicator in the display
window turns off.
NOTES
• Tracks in a Group are played back in the
regular order.
• Pressing the 4/¢
¢ button while random
playback skips forward or back a track.

No indication
(off)

• If you press 7 in REPEAT ALL or REPEAT1 mode,
the unit stops playback but remains in the mode.

• To quit repeat playback
With
pointed at [REPEAT], press ENTER
repeatedly until the mode is set to off.
NOTE
• To turn off the play mode menu display.
Press PLAY MODE.

43

XV-C3SL / LET0213-008A / English


##  !!  "!

MP3 disc playback

Disc/time information
TV

DVD

STANDBY/ON
TV
DVD

OPEN/
CLOSE
TV2

TV1

1

TV3

2

TV4

3

TV5

TV6

4

5

6

TV7

TV8

TV9

7

8

9

TV

TV0

MUTING

10

0

+10
TV/VIDEO
CANCEL

TO

RETURN

P

ME

NU CH

ME
NU

+

VOL-

VOL+

ENTER

CH

CH

OI

CE PREVIOUS

CLEAR

P
DIS
NEXT

SELECT

SLOW-

PLAY
MODE

SUB TITLE

DIGEST

ANGLE

3D
PHONIC

LA

Y

1

STROBE

SLOW+
THEATER
AUDIO POSITION

ZOOM

-AMP VOL +

RM-SXV005U
REMOTE CONTROL

■ During playback

1 Press DISPLAY.
The disc/time display appears on the TV screen.
MP3

GROUP

1

TRACK

11

TIME

00:08

BITRATE

128 kbps

Transmission rate
Current track elapsed time
Time mode
Current track number
Current group number
Disc type

MP3 disc
playback

• To turn off the disc/time display
Press DISPLAY.

44

XV-C3SL / LET0213-008A / English


#$  !!  "!

Initial settings
3 Press CURSOR 2/3 to select the setting

Selecting preferences

you want.

You can set various preferences for playback via
four dedicated displays.

• To turn off the preference display, press CHOICE
or move
to [EXIT] and press ENTER.

How to set preferences

• For details about each setting, see the
following paragraphs:

Note that you cannot bring up a preference display
during playback or when an Audio CD or MP3 disc
is loaded in the disc tray.
TV

TV2

TV1

2

3

TV5

TV6

4

5

6

TV7

TV8

7

8

TV

TV0

10

0

TV9

9
MUTING

+10
TV/VIDEO
CANCEL

RETURN

TO

3
1

P

ME

You can select the default “display” language to be
displayed if it is contained on the disc.
• The language is initially set to “ENGLISH.”
Each time you press CURSOR 3, the language
setting changes in the following order:

TV3

1
TV4

NU CH

ME
NU

+

VOL-

VOL+

ENTER

CH

LANGUAGE page
MENU LANGUAGE

DVD

STANDBY/ON
TV
DVD

OPEN/
CLOSE

English

CH

OI

CE PREVIOUS

CLEAR

P
DIS
NEXT
SELECT

SLOW-

PLAY
MODE

SUB TITLE

DIGEST

ANGLE

LA

2

Y

LANGUAGE

AUDIO

DISPLAY

SLOW+
THEATER
AUDIO POSITION

SYSTEM

MENU LANGUAGE

ENGLISH

AUDIO LANGUAGE

ENGLISH

SUBTITLE

ENGLISH

ON SCREEN LANGUAGE

ENGLISH

STROBE

EXIT
ZOOM

3D
PHONIC

PRESS

-AMP VOL +

KEY

RM-SXV005U
REMOTE CONTROL

DVD VIDEO or Video CD/SVCD is inserted and stopped

1 Press CHOICE.
One of the preference pages appears on the TV
screen.
There are four preference pages: LANGUAGE,
AUDIO, DISPLAY and SYSTEM. To turn the page,
move
to the desired tab using CURSOR 2/3.
LANGUAGE
AUDIO
AUDIO

LANGUAGE

DISPLAY

SYSTEM

LANGUAGE

AUDIO

MENU LANGUAGE

ENGLISH

DIGITAL AUDIO OUTPUT

AUDIO LANGUAGE

ENGLISH

DOWN MIX

SUBTITLE

ENGLISH

COMPRESSION

ON SCREEN LANGUAGE

ENGLISH

DISPLAY

SYSTEM

STREAM / PCM
Lo / Ro
ON

EXIT

PRESS

EXIT

KEY

PRESS

DISPLAY

KEY

ENGLISH → SPANISH → FRENCH → CHINESE →
GERMAN → ITALIAN → JAPANESE → language
code from AA to ZU
(See “Appendix A : Table of languages and their
abbreviations” at the end of this manual.)
Pressing CURSOR 2 changes the language setting
in the reverse order of the above.
* If the selected language is not recorded, the
disc’s default display language will be displayed.

AUDIO LANGUAGE
You can select the default audio language to be
played if it is contained on the disc.
• The language is initially set to “ENGLISH.”
Each time you press CURSOR 3, the language
setting changes in the following order :

SYSTEM
LANGUAGE

LANGUAGE

AUDIO

MONITOR TYPE
SCREEN SAVER
ON SCREEN GUIDE

DISPLAY

LANGUAGE

SYSTEM

4:3 LB

AUDIO

AUTO STANDBY

MODE 2

SYSTEM
OFF
OFF

RESUME

ON

DISPLAY

AV COMPULINK MODE

AUDIO

DISPLAY

SYSTEM

MENU LANGUAGE

ENGLISH

AUDIO LANGUAGE

ENGLISH

SUBTITLE

ENGLISH

ON SCREEN LANGUAGE

ENGLISH

Initial settings

■ When no disc is inserted in the disc tray, or when a

DVD 1
EXIT

EXIT

EXIT

PRESS

PRESS

KEY

2 Move

AUDIO

DISPLAY

ENGLISH

AUDIO LANGUAGE

ENGLISH

SUBTITLE

ENGLISH

ON SCREEN LANGUAGE

ENGLISH
EXIT

KEY

ENGLISH → SPANISH → FRENCH → CHINESE →
GERMAN → ITALIAN → JAPANESE → language
code from AA to ZU
(See “Appendix A : Table of languages and their
abbreviations” at the end of this manual.)

SYSTEM

MENU LANGUAGE

PRESS

KEY

KEY

to select the item you want to set
by using CURSOR 5/∞.
LANGUAGE

PRESS

Pressing CURSOR 2 changes the language setting
in the reverse order of the above.
* If the selected language is not recorded, the
disc’s default audio language will be played.
45

XV-C3SL / LET0213-008A / English


#%  !!  "!

Initial settings

SUBTITLE
You can select the default subtitle language to be
displayed if it is contained on the disc.
• The language is initially set to “ENGLISH.”
Each time you press CURSOR 3, the language
setting changes in the following order:
LANGUAGE

AUDIO

DISPLAY

SYSTEM

MENU LANGUAGE

ENGLISH

AUDIO LANGUAGE

ENGLISH

SUBTITLE

ENGLISH

ON SCREEN LANGUAGE

ENGLISH

AUDIO page
DIGITAL AUDIO OUTPUT
To connect the unit’s digital output to an external
device equipped with a digital input, this item must be
set correctly.
• DIGITAL AUDIO OUTPUT is initially set to
“STREAM/PCM.”
LANGUAGE

AUDIO

DISPLAY

SYSTEM

EXIT
DIGITAL AUDIO OUTPUT

PRESS

STREAM / PCM
Lo / Ro

DOWN MIX

KEY

COMPRESSION

ON

EXIT

ENGLISH → SPANISH → FRENCH → CHINESE →
GERMAN → ITALIAN → JAPANESE → language
code from AA to ZU
(See “Appendix A : Table of languages and their
abbreviations” at the end of this manual.)
Pressing CURSOR 2 changes the language setting
in the reverse order of the above.
* If the selected language is not recorded, the
disc’s default subtitle language will be displayed.

ON SCREEN LANGUAGE
You can select the on-screen display language to be
displayed.
• The language is initially set to “ENGLISH.”
Each time you press CURSOR 3, the language
setting changes as follows:
LANGUAGE

AUDIO

DISPLAY

ENGLISH

AUDIO LANGUAGE

ENGLISH

SUBTITLE

ENGLISH

ON SCREEN LANGUAGE

ENGLISH

Initial settings

• PCM ONLY
When you connect the DIGITAL OUT jack of the
unit to the linear PCM digital input of other audio
equipment.
• STREAM/PCM
When you connect to the digital input of an
amplifier to a built-in DTS, Dolby Digital, or MPEG
multichannel decoder.
• DOLBY DIGITAL/PCM
When you connect to the digital input of a Dolby
Digital decoder, or an amplifier with a built-in
Dolby Digital decoder.
The following chart shows the relationship between
types of playback discs and output signals.
Output
Playback
discs

DOLBY
DIGITAL/
PCM

PCM
ONLY

DVD with 48 kHz, 48 kHz,16 bit
16 bit linear PCM linear PCM

+

+

+

+

(Chinese)

DVD with 48 kHz, 48 kHz,
20/24 bit linear
20/24 bit
PCM
linear PCM

ESPAÑOL (Spanish)

DVD with 96 kHz,
No output
linear PCM

+

+

No output

+

+

48 kHz, 16 bit
linear PCM

48 kHz, 16 bit
linear PCM

+

44.1 kHz,
Video CD/SVCD 16 bit
linear PCM

+

+

Audio CD

48 kHz,16 bit
linear PCM

+

+

Audio CD with
DTS

DTS
bitstream

+

+

MP3 disc

No output

+

+

PRESS

KEY

ENGLISH

ON SCREEN LANGUAGE

ENGLISH

Spanish IDIOMA EN PANTALLA

STREAM/
PCM

DVD with DTS

DTS
bitstream

DVD with
Dolby Digital

Dolby Digital
bitstream

DVD with MPEG MPEG
multichannel
bitstream

Chinese
ESPAÑOL

Pressing CURSOR 2 changes the language setting
in the reverse order of the above.

46

KEY

SYSTEM

MENU LANGUAGE

EXIT

English

PRESS

XV-C3SL / LET0213-008A / English


#&  !!  "!

Initial settings

COMPRESSION

NOTES
• The unit does not provide the DTS decoding
function.
• When playing a DVD VIDEO or Audio CD disc
with DTS, use a DTS decoder to get correct
signals from your speakers. Never use the
unit’s analog output jacks, which output
incorrect signals that may damage your
speakers.
• If you connect the analog outputs and digital
outputs simultaneously, be sure to select the
source of the amplifier correctly, or set the
level control of the amplifier connected to the
analog outputs to minimum.

DOWN MIX
To playback a DVD VIDEO disc recorded with
surround multichannel audio correctly, the DOWN
MIX setting must be properly made according to
your audio system.
Note that this setting affects the output signal from
the AUDIO (both DIGITAL and ANALOG) output
jacks when playing back a DVD VIDEO disc recorded
with surround multichannel audio.
• DOWN MIX is initially set to “Lo/Ro.”
LANGUAGE

AUDIO

DIGITAL AUDIO OUTPUT

DISPLAY

SYSTEM

STREAM / PCM
Lo / Ro

DOWN MIX
COMPRESSION

ON

EXIT

PRESS

English

You can compress the dynamic range of the sound
if needed. Using this function, you can listen to
sound at low volumes easily.
• COMPRESSION is initially set to “ON.”
LANGUAGE

AUDIO

DIGITAL AUDIO OUTPUT

DISPLAY

SYSTEM

STREAM / PCM
Lo / Ro

DOWN MIX
COMPRESSION

ON

EXIT

PRESS

KEY

• ON
Audio is played back with the dynamic range
compressed.
• OFF
Audio is played back as it was recorded.
NOTES
• The Compression function works only when
playing back a disc recorded with DOLBY
DIGITAL 1CH or 2CH. The setting is not
effective for other discs.
• The Compression function does not work
when the 3D PHONIC function is activated.
• With the digital connection, the
COMPRESSION settings in the AUDIO page of
the preference display are invalid. Settings for
these items must be made from the decoder.

KEY

• L0/R0
When you enjoy conventional 2-channel stereo
audio by connecting the unit’s AUDIO output to a
stereo amplifier/receiver or television set, or
when you duplicate audio of a DVD VIDEO disc
recorded with surround audio to your MD,
cassette, etc.

Initial settings

• Lt/Rt
When you enjoy multichannel surround audio by
connecting the unit’s AUDIO output (normally, the
DIGITAL output) to a surround decoder.

NOTES
• The DOWN MIX function does not work when
the 3D PHONIC function is activated.
• The DOWN MIX setting does not affect an
MPEG or Dolby Digital bitstream signal from
DIGITAL OUT.
To enjoy the DOWN MIX effect from DIGITAL
OUT when playing back a disc recorded with
the MPEG multichannel or Dolby Digital format,
set “DIGITAL AUDIO OUTPUT” to “PCM ONLY”
(see page 46).
• When playing back a disc recorded with DTS,
you cannot get the DOWN MIX effect from
both DIGITAL and ANALOG outputs.

47

XV-C3SL / LET0213-008A / English


#'  !!  "!

Initial settings

SCREEN SAVER

DISPLAY page
MONITOR TYPE
You can select the monitor type to match your TV
when you playback DVD VIDEO discs recorded for
wide screen televisions.
• MONITOR TYPE is initially set to “4:3 LB
.”
LANGUAGE

AUDIO

MONITOR TYPE
SCREEN SAVER
ON SCREEN GUIDE

DISPLAY

A television monitor screen may be burned out if a
static picture is displayed for a long time. To prevent
this, the unit automatically activates the screen
saver function if a static picture, such as an onscreen display or menu, is displayed for over 5
minutes.
• SCREEN SAVER is initially set to “MODE 2.”

SYSTEM

LANGUAGE

4:3 LB

AUDIO

MONITOR TYPE

MODE 2

SCREEN SAVER

ON

DISPLAY

MODE 2
ON

ON SCREEN GUIDE

EXIT

PRESS

EXIT

KEY

• 4:3 LB
(Letter Box Conversion)
When you connect a normal TV to the unit.
When you play a wide picture recorded on a DVD
VIDEO disc, the picture is displayed with bands
across the upper and lower portions of the screen.

SYSTEM

4:3 LB

PRESS

KEY

• MODE 1
The current picture gets dark.
• MODE 2
The “screen saver” picture appears and its
brightness changes.
• OFF
The screen saver function is off.
NOTES

• The screen saver function is not activated
when the selected disc is an Audio CD or MP3
disc.

ON SCREEN GUIDE
The unit can display “on-screen guide” icons or
characters on the picture, which show what is
happening to the disc or the unit.
• ON SCREEN GUIDE is initially set to “ON.”

Initial settings

• 4:3 PS
(Pan Scan Conversion)
When you connect a normal TV to the unit.
When you play a wide picture recorded on a DVD
VIDEO disc, a portion of the picture is
automatically cut off from the left and right sides
of the image.
Depending on the disc, it may not be possible to
playback in this mode. In that case, the picture is
played back as in 4:3 LB
mode.

• The monitor screen of a projector or projection
TV is easily burned out if the screen saver
mode is set to OFF and a static picture is
displayed for a long time.

LANGUAGE

AUDIO

MONITOR TYPE
SCREEN SAVER
ON SCREEN GUIDE

DISPLAY

SYSTEM

4:3 LB
MODE 2
ON

EXIT

PRESS

• 16:9 WIDE (Wide Television screen)
When you connect a wide-screen TV to the unit.

KEY

• ON
The on-screen guide will be displayed.
• OFF
The on-screen guide will not be displayed.
Examples of “on-screen guide” icons or
characters are following (see page 11 ):
,

48

,

XV-C3SL / LET0213-008A / English


#(  !!  "!

Initial settings

English

SYSTEM page

Limiting playback by
children

AUTO STANDBY
When the unit is stopped for more than 30 minutes or 60
minutes, the unit enters standby mode automatically.
• AUTO STANDBY is initially set to “OFF.”
LANGUAGE

AUDIO

DISPLAY

SYSTEM

AUTO STANDBY

OFF

RESUME

OFF
DVD 1

AV COMPULINK MODE

EXIT

PRESS

This function restricts playback of DVD VIDEO discs
which contain violent (and other) scenes according
to the level set by the user. For example, if a movie
which includes violent scenes supports the parental
lock feature, such scenes which you do not want to
let children view can be cut or replaced with other
scenes.

KEY

To set Parental Lock for the first time
[PARENTAL LOCK]

• 60
Time is set to 60 minutes.
• 30
Time is set to 30 minutes.

TV

• OFF
The auto standby function is off.

TV2

TV1

1

TV3

2

TV4

RESUME

DVD

STANDBY/ON
TV
DVD

OPEN/
CLOSE

3

TV5

TV6

4

5

6

TV7

TV8

TV9

7

8

9

TV

TV0

MUTING

10

0

LANGUAGE

AUDIO

DISPLAY

TO

You can select the resume function to be on or off.
See page 24.
• RESUME is initially set to “OFF.”

P

ME

6
1, 3, 5, 7

+10
TV/VIDEO
CANCEL

RETURN

NU CH

ME
NU

+

VOL-

VOL+

ENTER
CH

1

CH

OI

CE
PREVIOUS

CLEAR

P
DIS
NEXT
SELECT

SLOW-

SYSTEM

PLAY
MODE

SUB TITLE

OFF

DIGEST

ANGLE

DVD 1

3D
PHONIC

LA

Y

2, 4

STROBE

SLOW+
THEATER
AUDIO POSITION

OFF

AUTO STANDBY
RESUME
AV COMPULINK MODE

ZOOM

-AMP VOL +

EXIT
RM-SXV005U
REMOTE CONTROL

KEY

• ON
Pressing 3 while stopped or on standby starts
playback from the resume point if it is
memorized.
• OFF
Pressing 3 while stopped or on standby starts
playback from the beginning of the disc.
NOTE
• The resume function does not work for Audio
CDs and MP3 discs.

AV COMPULINK MODE
If you use the AV Compulink system, you must set
this item correctly.
Select from the three options: “DVD1,” “DVD2” and
“DVD3” according to the equipment to be connected.
See page 52.

■ While a DVD VIDEO disc is stopped or no disc is

inserted

1 Press ENTER while holding down 7 on the
remote control unit.
The Parental Lock on-screen display appears
on the TV screen.
points [Country Code].

2 While

points [Country Code], use
CURSOR 2/3 to select the country code.

Initial settings

PRESS

The country code whose standards were applied
to rate the DVD VIDEO disc should be selected.
See “Appendix B : Country/Area code list for
parental lock.”(See page 58.)
PARENTAL LOCK
AE

Country Code

—

Set Level

----

PASSWORD

EXIT

LANGUAGE

AUDIO

AUTO STANDBY

DISPLAY

SYSTEM
OFF

KEY

ENTER

OFF

RESUME
AV COMPULINK MODE

DVD 1

EXIT

PRESS

PRESS

KEY

3 Press ENTER.
moves to [Set Level].
49

XV-C3SL / LET0213-008A / English


$!  !!  "!

Initial settings

4 While

points [Set Level], use CURSOR
2/3 to select the parental lock level.

To change the settings [PARENTAL
LOCK]

PARENTAL LOCK

You can change the Parental lock settings later.

AE

Country Coce

1

Set Level

----

PASSWORD

TV

EXIT

PRESS

KEY

TV2

TV1

1

2-1, 5-1

TV3

2

TV4

3

TV5

TV6

4

5

6

TV7

TV8

TV9

7

8

9

TV

TV0

MUTING

10

0

+10

P

ME

1, 2-2, 3-2,
4-2, 5-2
3-1, 4-1

TV/VIDEO
CANCEL

RETURN

TO

Each time you press CURSOR 2/3, the
parental level changes as follows:

DVD

STANDBY/ON
TV
DVD

OPEN/
CLOSE

ENTER

NU CH

ME
NU

+

VOL-

VOL+

ENTER

1
.
.
.
8

CH

CH

OI

CE PREVIOUS

CLEAR

1

P
DIS
NEXT
SELECT

SLOW-

PLAY
MODE

SUB TITLE

DIGEST

ANGLE

Y

STROBE

SLOW+
THEATER
AUDIO POSITION

3D
PHONIC

–

LA

ZOOM

-AMP VOL +

RM-SXV005U
REMOTE CONTROL

• “1” is the strictest level. “–” means no restriction.
Discs rated higher than the selected level are
restricted.

■ While a DVD VIDEO disc is stopped or no disc is

inserted

1 Press ENTER while holding down 7 on the
remote control unit.

5 Press ENTER.
moves to [PASSWORD].

6 Enter your 4-digit password using the

The Parental Lock on-screen display appears
on the TV screen.
points [PASSWORD].

numeric buttons (0 to 9).

PARENTAL LOCK
Country Code
Set Level
PASSWORD

PARENTAL LOCK
Country Code
Set Level
PASSWORD

AE
8

----

AE
8

EXIT

---CURRENT PASSWORD? ··· PRESS 0~9 KEY
EXIT

NEW PASSWORD? ··· PRESS 0~9 KEY.

Initial settings

2 Enter your current 4-digit password using
7 Press ENTER.
The parental level and password are set.
moves to [EXIT].
Pressing ENTER again returns to the opening
display.
• If you enter an undesired password in step 6
above, reenter the password before pressing
ENTER.

the numeric buttons (0 to 9) and press
ENTER.
moves to [Country Code] if you enter the
correct password.
If you enter the wrong password, “WRONG!
RETRY...” appears on the TV screen, and you
cannot go to next step.

3 To change the country code, use CURSOR
2/3 to select the desired country code and
press ENTER.
moves to [Set Level].
When you change the country code, you must
select the parental level.

50

XV-C3SL / LET0213-008A / English


$  !!  "!

Initial settings

moves to [PASSWORD].

5 Enter the password using the numeric
buttons (0 to 9) and press ENTER.
moves to [EXIT].
The password entered in the above step
becomes the new password. If you do not
change the password, enter the same
password as in the step 2.
Even if you want to change only the country/
area code and/or set level, do not forget to
enter the password after changing the country/
area code and/or set level. Otherwise, the new
country code and/or set level will not become
effective.
Pressing ENTER again returns to the opening
display.

When you set the parental level strictly, some discs
may not be played back at all. When you insert such
a disc and try to play it, the following Parental Lock
on-screen display appears on the TV screen, asking
you whether you want the parental lock to be
temporarily released or not.
TV

TV2

TV1

1

TV3

2

TV4

3

TV5

TV6

4

5

6

TV7

TV8

TV9

7

8

9

TV

TV0

MUTING

0

+10

10

TV/VIDEO
CANCEL

RETURN

P

ME

NU CH

ME
NU

+

VOL-

2
1-2

VOL+

ENTER
CH

CH

OI

CE PREVIOUS

CLEAR

P
DIS
NEXT
SELECT

SLOW-

PLAY
MODE

SUB TITLE

DIGEST

ANGLE

LA

Y

1-1

STROBE

SLOW+
THEATER
AUDIO POSITION

3D
PHONIC

• When you enter the wrong password more
than 3 times in step 2 above,
moves to
[EXIT] automatically and CURSOR 5/∞ does
not work.
Enter “8888.”

DVD

STANDBY/ON
TV
DVD

OPEN/
CLOSE

NOTES

• If you forget your password in step 2

English

ZOOM

-AMP VOL +

RM-SXV005U
REMOTE CONTROL

1 Use the CURSOR 5/∞ to move

to

[YES], then press ENTER.
moves to the PASSWORD field.
When selecting [NO], press OPEN/CLOSE to
remove the disc.

PARENTAL LOCK
This DISC can’t play now!
Temporary
YES
Level Change ?
NO
PASSWORD

PRESS ENTER

––––

EXECUTE

2 Enter your 4-digit password using the
numeric buttons (0 to 9).
If you enter the wrong password, “WRONG!
RETRY...” appears on the TV screen.
Enter the correct password.
The Parental lock is released, and the unit
starts playback.

Initial settings

to select the desired level while
points
[Set Level], and then press ENTER.

To temporarily release the Parental lock
[PARENTAL LOCK]

TO

4 To change the set level, use CURSOR 2/3

NOTE
• When you enter the wrong password more
than 3 times in step 2 above,
moves to [NO]
automatically and CURSOR 5/∞do not work.

51

XV-C3SL / LET0213-007A / English


$   !!  "!

Additional information
AV COMPU LINK remote control system
The JVC AV COMPU LINK system allows you to enjoy video or audio with the
simplest operation. If your video/audio player (such as a DVD player, CD player
and VCR) and television or/and amplifier/receiver support the JVC AV COMPU
LINK system and are tied with the JVC AV COMPU LINK cable(s), when you
simply starting the player, all the necessary settings of the television and/or
amplifier/receiver for enjoying playback are automatically performed.
• If you connect the unit to a television and receiver
via AV COMPU LINK, set the unit’s AV COMPU
LINK setting to DVD1.

Connection and setup
Using the AV COMPU LINK cable, connect the AV
COMPU LINK terminals of each component to one
another.
• The unit’s AV COMPU LINK setting is operated in
the SYSTEM page of the preference display. See
page 49 for operation.
• For information on the connection between the TV
and the receiver, refer to the receiver’s Instructions.
To AV COMPU LINK (II, EX or III)
TV
The unit

• If you connect the unit to a television via AV
COMPU LINK, set the unit’s AV COMPU LINK
setting as follows.
• When connecting to VIDEO-1 input terminal
of the television: DVD2
• When connecting to VIDEO-2 input terminal
of the television: DVD3
To AV COMPU LINK
(II, EX or III)
TV
The unit

To AV COMPU
LINK

Additional
information

VCR

• If you connect the unit to a television and VCR via
AV COMPU LINK, set the VCR’s Remote Control
Code and the unit’s AV COMPU LINK setting as
follows.
• When connecting to VIDEO-1 input terminal
of the television:
The unit’s AV COMPU LINK setting: DVD2
VCR’s Remote Control Code: B
• When connecting to VIDEO-2 input terminal
of the television:
The unit’s AV COMPU LINK setting: DVD3
VCR’s Remote Control Code: A
To AV COMPU LINK
(II, EX or III)
TV
Receiver

To AV COMPU
LINK
The unit

52

IMPORTANT!
• When you make video connection between the
unit and another device (such as a receiver and
TV) via the composite, S-video or component
jacks, as well as AV COMPU LINK connection, see
also the instruction manual of the other device

Notes for connection
• If you connect the unit to a receiver via AV
COMPU LINK in a system including a Dolby
Digital decoder, some functions may not be
performed automatically.
• Connect the AUDIO OUT jacks of the unit to the
audio input jacks of a receiver that indicating “DVD.”
Otherwise, the system will not work correctly.
• There may be no description about
connections to the unit in the instruction
manual of a television or VCR. However a
television or VCR with AV COMPU LINK
terminals indicating “II”, “EX” or “III” can be
connected to the unit.

Operation
You can enjoy pictures and/or sound by just putting a
source component (which plays back the pictures
and/or sound such as a DVD player or VCR) into play
mode. You do not have to operate the TV and receiver
including not having to perform power switching.

1 Turn on the main power of the television.
2 Insert a disc (or tape) into the source
component.

3 Press 3 of the source component.
The following actions are performed automatically:
• Turning on the power for the television.
• Setting the source of the television to the external
input (VIDEO-1 or VIDEO-2).
• Turning on the power for the receiver.
• Setting the source of the receiver to the
component which has started playback.

XV-C3SL / LET0213-007A / English


$  !!  "!

Additional information

English

Care and handling of discs
How to handle discs
When handling a disc, do not touch the surface of the disc. Since discs are made of plastic, they are easily
damaged. If a disc gets dirty, dusty, scratched or warped, the images and sound will not be picked up
correctly, and such a disc may cause the player to malfunction.

Label side
Do not damage the label side, stick paper to or use any adhesive on its surface.

Storage
Make sure that discs are kept in their cases. If discs are piled on top of one another without their protective
cases, they can be damaged. Do not put discs in a location where they may be exposed to direct sunlight, or in
a place where the humidity or temperature is high. Avoid leaving discs in your car!

Maintenance of discs
If there are fingerprints or other dirt adhering to a disc, wipe with a soft dry cloth, moving from the center
outwards.
If a disc is difficult to clean, wipe with a cloth moistened with water. Never use record cleaners, petrol, alcohol
or any anti-static agents.

Sometimes during playback noise or images may be garbled. This is sometimes due to the disc. (It may not
be up to industry standards.)
These symptoms are caused by the discs, not by the malfunction of the unit.

Additional
information

CAUTION

53

XV-C3SL / LET0213-007A / English


$#  !!  "!

Additional information

Troubleshooting
What appears to be a malfunction may not always be serious. Please go through the following list before
requesting service.
Symptom

Possible case

Remedy

Power does not come on.

Power plug is not inserted securely.

Plug in securely.

Too far from the unit.

More closer to the unit.

The tip of the remote unit is not
pointed in the right direction.

Point the infrared light- emitting
window toward the remote sensor on
the front panel.

Batteries are exhausted.

Replace the batteries with new ones.

Battery polarity is incorrect.

Take out the batteries and insert them
again in the correct direction.

The TV - DVD switch is not correctly
set.

To control the unit, set the TV - DVD
switch to “DVD.” To control your TV,
set the TV - DVD switch to “TV.”

Connection of video cable is incorrect.

Connect the cable correctly.

Input selection of TV is incorrect.

Select correctly.

Disc is not playable.

Use a playable disc (see page 12).

No picture is displayed on the
monitor or the monitor screen is
blue when using the COMPONENT
or S-VIDEO output jack(s).

Jack(s) at use is (are) not active.

Make them active (see pages 13 and 14).

Picture is noisy.

The unit is connected to a VCR
directly and the copyguard function
is activated.

Connect the unit so that the picture
signal flows directly to the TV.

Connection is incorrect.

Check the connections.

Input selection of amplifier is
incorrect.

Select correctly.

No audio is reproduced when
playing back a DVD disc
recorded with 96 kHz, linear
PCM audio.

The audio signal is not derived
from the unit’s DIGITAL OUT.

Use the AUDIO OUT when playing back
such discs.

Sound is distorted or noise is
generated.

Disc is dirty.

Wipe the disc surface.

MONITOR TYPE is not correctly set.

Select monitor type correctly (see page 48).

Television is not correctly set.

Set the television correctly.

Microcomputer malfunction due to
lightning or static electricity.

Turn off the power and unplug the
power cord, then connect the power
cord again.

Moisture condensation caused by a
sudden change of temperature or
humidity.

Turn off the power, then turn it on a few
hours later.

Remote control does not work.

The TV/VIDEO - CANCEL,
CURSOR or numeric buttons do
not work.

No picture is displayed on the
monitor.

Additional
information

No audio is reproduced.

Picture does not fit the
television screen.

Operation is not possible.

54

XV-C3SL / LET0213-007A / English


$$  !!  "!

Additional information

For MP3 disc playback

English

Symptom

Possible case

Remedy

No sound comes out.

MP3 disc is recorded with the
“packet writing.”

It cannot be played.

Specific files (tracks) are not
played.

Files other than MP3 are included.

They cannot be played.

Files (tracks) are not played in
the recorded order.

This system plays the files in the
alphabetic order. So, the playback
order can vary.

Particular function does not
work.

On MP3 disc, some functions do
not work.

–

Additional
information

For unavailable functions, see page 40.

55

XV-C3SL / LET0213-007A / English


$%  !!  "!

Additional information

Specifications
General
Readable discs:
Video format:

DVD VIDEO, Audio CD (CD-DA), Video CD, SVCD, CD-R/RW (CD-DA, SVCD,
Video CD, MP3 Format), MP3 Format
NTSC/PAL Selectable

Other
Power requirements:
Power consumption:
Mass:
Dimensions (W x H x D):

AC 110 V–240 V
, 50 Hz/60 Hz
14 W (POWER ON), 4 W (STANDBY mode)
2.0 kg
230 mm x 66.5 mm x 298.7 mm

Video output
COMPONENT (pin jacks):
VIDEO OUT (pin jack):
S-VIDEO OUT (S jack):
Horizontal resolution:

Y Output:
PB/PR Output:
1.0 Vp-p (75 Ω)
Y Output:
C Output:
500 Lines

1.0 Vp-p (75 Ω)
0.7 Vp-p (75 Ω)
1.0 Vp-p (75 Ω)
286 mVp-p (75 Ω)

Audio outputs
ANALOG OUT (pin jack):
DIGITAL OUT: (COAXIAL):

2.0 Vrms (10 kΩ)
0.5 Vp-p (75 Ω termination)

Audio characteristics
Frequency response:
Dynamic range:
Wow and flutter:
Total harmonic distortion:

CD
(sampling frequency 44.1 kHz):
DVD (sampling frequency 48 kHz):
DVD (sampling frequency 96 kHz):
16 bit: More than 98 dB
20 bit: More than 106 dB
24 bit: More than 106 dB
Unmeasurable (less than ± 0.002%)
Less than 0.002%

Additional
information

* Specifications and appearance subject to change without prior notice.

56

2 Hz to 20 kHz
2 Hz to 22 kHz
2 Hz to 44 kHz

XV-C3SL / LET0213-007A / English


$&  !!  "!

Additional information

English

Appendix A : Table of languages and their abbreviations

AA
AB
AF
AM
AR
AS
AY
AZ
BA
BE
BG
BH
BI
BN
BO
BR
CA
CO
CS
CY
DA
DZ
EL
EO
ET
EU
FA
FI
FJ
FO
FY
GA
GD
GL
GN
GU
HA
HI
HR
HU
HY
IA
IE

Afar
Abkhazian
Afrikaans
Ameharic
Arabic
Assamese
Aymara
Azerbaijani
Bashkir
Byelorussian
Bulgarian
Bihari
Bislama
Bengali, Bangla
Tibetan
Breton
Catalan
Corsican
Czech
Welsh
Danish
Bhutani
Greek
Esperanto
Estonian
Basque
Persian
Finnish
Fiji
Faroese
Frisian
Irish
Scots Gaelic
Galician
Guarani
Gujarati
Hausa
Hindi
Croatian
Hungarian
Armenian
Interlingua
Interlingue

IK
IN
IS
IW
JI
JW
KA
KK
KL
KM
KN
KO
KS
KU
KY
LA
LN
LO
LT
LV
MG
MI
MK
ML
MN
MO
MR
MS
MT
MY
NA
NE
NL
NO
OC
OM
OR
PA
PL
PS
PT
QU
RM

Inupiak
Indonesian
Icelandic
Hebrew
Yiddish
Javanese
Georgian
Kazakh
Greenlandic
Cambodian
Kannada
Korean (KOR)
Kashmiri
Kurdish
Kirghiz
Latin
Lingala
Laothian
Lithuanian
Latvian, Lettish
Malagasy
Maori
Macedonian
Malayalam
Mongolian
Moldavian
Marathi
Malay (MAY)
Maltese
Burmese
Nauru
Nepali
Dutch
Norwegian
Occitan
(Afan) Oromo
Oriya
Panjabi
Polish
Pashto, Pushto
Portuguese
Quechua
Rhaeto-Romance

RN
RO
RU
RW
SA
SD
SG
SH
SI
SK
SL
SM
SN
SO
SQ
SR
SS
ST
SU
SV
SW
TA
TE
TG
TH
TI
TK
TL
TN
TO
TR
TS
TT
TW
UK
UR
UZ
VI
VO
WO
XH
YO
ZU

Kirundi
Rumanian
Russian
Kinyarwanda
Sanskrit
Sindhi
Sangho
Serbo-Croatian
Singhalese
Slovak
Slovenian
Samoan
Shona
Somali
Albanian
Serbian
Siswati
Sesotho
Sundanese
Swedish
Swahili
Tamil
Telugu
Tajik
Thai
Tigrinya
Turkmen
Tagalog
Setswana
Tonga
Turkish
Tsonga
Tatar
Twi
Ukrainian
Urdu
Uzbek
Vietnamese
Volapuk
Wolof
Xhosa
Yoruba
Zulu

Additional
information

When you select the subtitle language or sound, the languages shown below are displayed as abbreviations.
To select the desired language, select the abbreviation corresponding the language you want to.

57

XV-C3SL / LET0213-007A / English


$'  !!  "!

Additional information

Appendix B : Country/Area code list for parental lock

Additional
information

This list is used for the parental Lock operation. For details, see page 49.

58

AD
AE
AF
AG
AI
AL
AM
AN
AO
AQ
AR
AS
AT
AU
AW
AZ
BA
BB
BD
BE
BF
BG
BH
BI
BJ
BM
BN
BO
BR
BS
BT
BV
BW
BY
BZ
CA
CC
CF
CG
CH
CI
CK
CL
CM
CN
CO
CR
CU
CV
CX
CY
CZ
DE
DJ
DK
DM
DO
DZ
EC
EE
EG
EH
ER

Andorra
United Arab Emirates
Afghanistan
Antigua and Barbuda
Anguilla
Albania
Armenia
Netherlands Antilles
Angola
Antarctica
Argentina
American Samoa
Austria
Australia
Aruba
Azerbaijan
Bosnia and Herzegovina
Barbados
Bangladesh
Belgium
Burkina Faso
Bulgaria
Bahrain
Burundi
Benin
Bermuda
Brunei Darussalam
Bolivia
Brazil
Bahamas
Bhutan
Bouvet Island
Botswana
Belarus
Belize
Canada
Cocos (Keeling) Islands
Central African Republic
Congo
Switzerland
Cô te d’Ivoire
Cook Islands
Chile
Cameroon
China
Colombia
Costa Rica
Cuba
Cape Verde
Christmas Island
Cyprus
Czech Republic
Germany
Djibouti
Denmark
Dominica
Dominican Republic
Algeria
Ecuador
Estonia
Egypt
Western Sahara
Eritrea

ES
ET
FI
FJ
FK
FM
FO
FR
FX
GA
GB
GD
GE
GF
GH
GI
GL
GM
GN
GP
GQ
GR
GS
GT
GU
GW
GY
HK
HM
HN
HR
HT
HU
ID
IE
IL
IN
IO
IQ
IR
IS
IT
JM
JO
JP
KE
KG
KH
KI
KM
KN
KP
KR
KW
KY
KZ
LA

Spain
Ethiopia
Finland
Fiji
Falkland Islands
(Malvinas)
Micronesia
(Federated States of)
Faroe Islands
France
France, Metropolitan
Gabon
United Kingdom
Grenada
Georgia
French Guiana
Ghana
Gibraltar
Greenland
Gambia
Guinea
Guadeloupe
Equatorial Guinea
Greece
South Georgia and the
South Sandwich Islands
Guatemala
Guam
Guinea-Bissau
Guyana
Hong Kong
Heard Island and
McDonald Islands
Honduras
Croatia
Haiti
Hungary
Indonesia
Ireland
Israel
India
British Indian Ocean
Territory
Iraq
Iran (Islamic Republic of)
Iceland
Italy
Jamaica
Jordan
Japan
Kenya
Kyrgyzstan
Cambodia
Kiribati
Comoros
Saint Kitts and Nevis
Korea, Democratic
People’s Republic of
Korea, Republic of
Kuwait
Cayman Islands
Kazakhstan
Lao People’s
Democratic Republic

LB
LC
LI
LK
LR
LS
LT
LU
LV
LY
MA
MC
MD
MG
MH
ML
MM
MN
MO
MP
MQ
MR
MS
MT
MU
MV
MW
MX
MY
MZ
NA
NC
NE
NF
NG
NI
NL
NO
NP
NR
NU
NZ
OM
PA
PE
PF
PG
PH
PK
PL
PM
PN
PR
PT
PW
PY
QA
RE
RO
RU
RW

Lebanon
Saint Lucia
Liechtenstein
Sri Lanka
Liberia
Lesotho
Lithuania
Luxembourg
Latvia
Libyan Arab Jamahiriya
Morocco
Monaco
Moldova, Republic of
Madagascar
Marshall Islands
Mali
Myanmar
Mongolia
Macau
Northern Mariana
Islands
Martinique
Mauritania
Montserrat
Malta
Mauritius
Maldives
Malawi
Mexico
Malaysia
Mozambique
Namibia
New Caledonia
Niger
Norfolk Island
Nigeria
Nicaragua
Netherlands
Norway
Nepal
Nauru
Niue
New Zealand
Oman
Panama
Peru
French Polynesia
Papua New Guinea
Philippines
Pakistan
Poland
Saint Pierre and
Miquelon
Pitcairn
Puerto Rico
Portugal
Palau
Paraguay
Qatar
Réunion
Romania
Russian Federation
Rwanda

SA
SB
SC
SD
SE
SG
SH
SI
SJ
SK
SL
SM
SN
SO
SR
ST
SV
SY
SZ
TC
TD
TF
TG
TH
TJ
TK
TM
TN
TO
TP
TR
TT
TV
TW
TZ
UA
UG
UM
US
UY
UZ
VA
VC
VE
VG
VI
VN
VU
WF
WS
YE
YT
YU
ZA
ZM
ZR
ZW

Saudi Arabia
Solomon Islands
Seychelles
Sudan
Sweden
Singapore
Saint Helena
Slovenia
Svalbard and Jan
Mayen
Slovakia
Sierra Leone
San Marino
Senegal
Somalia
Suriname
Sao Tome and Principe
El Salvador
Syrian Arab Republic
Swaziland
Turks and Caicos Islands
Chad
French Southern
Territories
Togo
Thailand
Tajikistan
Tokelau
Turkmenistan
Tunisia
Tonga
East Timor
Turkey
Trinidad and Tobago
Tuvalu
Taiwan
Tanzania, United
Republic of
Ukraine
Uganda
United States Minor
Outlying Islands
United States
Uruguay
Uzbekistan
Vatican City State
(Holy See)
Saint Vincent and the
Grenadines
Venezuela
Virgin Islands (British)
Virgin Islands (U.S.)
Vietnam
Vanuatu
Wallis and Futuna
Islands
Samoa
Yemen
Mayotte
Yugoslavia
South Africa
Zambia
Zaire
Zimbabwe

DVD VIDEO WOL— u¹bO
≤

WbI*«

µ

WOËô«

±≥

“UN'« VB½ ¡bÐ

≤±

WOÝUÝô« qOGA²« UOKLŽ

XV-C3SL

UuKF*«

TV

TV2

TV1

WbI²*« qOGA²« UOKLŽ

DVD

STANDBY/ON
TV
DVD

OPEN/
CLOSE

≤µ

U½«uDÝ« qÒGA

TV3

1

2

3

TV4

TV5

TV6

4

5

TV7

TV8

6
TV9

7

8

9

TV

TV0

MUTING

10

0

+10
TV/VIDEO
CANCEL

TO

RETURN

P

ME

NU CH

ME
NU

+

VOL-

VOL+

ENTER

CH

AY
PL
DIS
NEXT

CH
-

OI

CE
PREVIOUS

CLEAR

¥∞

MP3 W½«uDÝ« qOGAð

SELECT

SLOW-

PLAY
MODE

SUB TITLE

DIGEST

ANGLE

3D
PHONIC

STROBE

STANDBY

STANDBY/ON

SLOW+
THEATER
AUDIO POSITION

ZOOM

XV-C3

-AMP VOL +

RM-SXV005U
REMOTE CONTROL

¥µ

WOËô«

µ≤

WOU{ô«

UÞu³C«

UuKF*«

qOGA²«

ULOKFð VO²1
Ò

LET0213-008A
[UG]
0502KTYCREJSC

Cover_Ara

1

02.5.23, 8:55 PM

Èdš« ¡UOý«Ë

UNO³Mð ¨

W×O×B« W¹uN²« ∫d¹c%
‰uBŠ lM Ë o¹d(« —UDš«Ë WOzUÐdN' U b) ‰uBŠ VM−²
Ò
Æ“UN−K —d{Ë nKð
∫WOU²« WI¹dDUÐ “UN'« l{
Æ“UN'« ÂU « oz«uŽ ÊËbÐ WŠu²H WIDM
∫WO U ô« WN'«
s?? r??Ý ≥ W??=U??>? „d??ð l?? o??z«u??Ž ÊËb??Ð
∫WO³½U'« UN'«
ÆV½«u'«
WN'« s rÝ µ W=U> „dð l oz«uŽ ÊËbÐ
∫W¹uKF« WN'«
ÆW¹uKF«
s?? r??Ý ±µ W??=U?>? „d?ð l? o?z«u?Ž ÊËb?Ð
∫WOHK)« WN'«
ÆWOHK)« WN'«
`??D? Ý v??K? Ž “U?N?'« l?{Ë l? o?z«u?Ž ÊËb?Ð
∫WOKH>« WN'«
Æu²>
d¦'« Ë« rÝ ±µ W=U>
W bI*«

XV-C3SL

q U(« ŸUHð—«
d¦'« Ë« rÝ µ

ozUŽ Ë« jzUŠ

«d¹c%

dc%
∫Æa« ¨WOzUÐdNJ« U bB« ¨o¹d(« dDš VM−²
Ò
ÆW½«e)« Ë« WODžô« Ë« wž«d³« pHð ô Ʊ
ÆWÐuÞd« Ë« dDLK “UN'« «c¼ ÷ÒdFð ô Æ≤

°
ÕUH ‡‡‡‡ dc%
WOzUÐdNJ« WVUD« qB= qł« s WOzUÐdNJ« WVUD« fÐUV Ÿe½«
l{Ë ÍUÐ
WOzUÐdNJ« WVUD« ÕU²H qBH¹ ô ÆUOK' “UN'« sŽ
sŽ rJײ« sJ1 Æ“UN'« sŽ WOzUÐdNJ« WVUD« jš ŸU{Ëô« s
ÆWOzUÐdNJ« WVUDUÐ bFÐ

∫dc%
ÆW¹uN²« »uIŁ Ë« Uײ= oFðô •
Ë« …b¹dł WDÝ«uÐ W¹uN²« »uIŁ Ë« Uײ= WVUŽ« X9 «–«®
©Æ…—«d(« ëdš« sJ1ô ¨a« ÆÆÆ ¨‘ULI«
¨W¾OC*« ŸuLA« q¦ ¨»UN²ô« W×{«Ë —œUB W¹« lCðô •
Æ“UN'« vKŽ
q'UA*« —U³²Žô« dEMÐ cšô« V−¹ ¨ U¹—UD³« w — bMŽ •
W uJ(« 5½«uV Ë« WOK;« bŽ«uIUÐ q UJ« bÒOI²«Ë WO¾O³«
Æ U¹—UD³« Ác¼ s hKo²« WOHOJÐ WIKF²*«
Ë√ ¡U*« «dDV ¨WÐuÞd« ¨dD*« v« “UN'« «c¼ ÷ÒdFð ô •
…¡uK2 ¡UOý√ W¹√ l{Ë ÂbŽ V−¹ UL' ‘uýd*« ¡U*«
Æ“UN'« vKŽ ¨—u¼e« w½«Ë√ q¦ ¨qz«u>UÐ

WO{—ô«

W¹—eOK«

U−²MLK rN
UIBK*« ÃU²½«

“UN'« qš«bÐ Ÿu{u ¨d¹cײ« oBK

wHK)« o=d*« vKŽ Ÿu{u ¨nOMB²« oBK

Í—eO Z²M ± nM) Ʊ
‚öžô«Ë `²H« bMŽ WOzd W¹—eO WFý√ pUM¼ ∫d¹c% Æ≤
dýU³*« ÷dF²« VÒM& Æ`O×B« dOž Ë« Í—ËdC« dOž
ÆWFýö
“UN'« qš«œ ¡«eł« błu¹ ô ÆÍuKF« ¡UDG« `²Hð ô ∫d¹c% Æ≥
¨W½UOBK WłU(« WUŠ w= ÆUN²½UO) Âbo²>*« lOD²>¹
ÆjI= 5B²<« ’Uoýö W½UOB« ‰ULŽ« lOLł „dð«

Safety_Ara

1

02.5.23, 8:55 PM

W  bI * «

U u;« ‰Ëb
W OÐ d F  «

≤π ............................. [STROBE] WFÐU²² W²ÐUŁ —u ÷dF
≥∞ ............................ [SLOW] W¾ODÐ ‡ Wd×Ð —uB « ÷dF
≥∞ .......................................................... [ZOOM] bNA .Ëe²
≥± ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ qOGA« VO d dOOG
≥± ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ [PROGRAM] »uKD*« VOðd²UÐ qOGA²K
≥≤ ............................ [RANDOM] wz«uAŽ VOðd²Ð qOGA²K
≥≤ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ — dJ*« qOGA«
≥≤ ........ [REPEAT] «—U2*« q Ë« wU(« —UO²šô« —«dJ²
≥≥ ................................... [A-B REPEAT] »uKD ¡eł —«dJ²
≥¥ ............................ DVD VIDEO W$«uD"ô bNA W Ë«“ —UO«
W¹œUF« WýUA« s bNA W¹Ë«“ —UO²šô
≥¥ ............................................................................ [ANGLE]
‰Ëbł WýUý s bNA W¹Ë«“ —UO²šô
≥µ .............................................................. [ANGLE] W¹Ë«e«
≥µ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ uB«Ë WGK« dOOG
≥µ ........................ [SUBTITLE] wŽdH« Ê«uMF« WG —UO²šô
≥∂ ............................ [AUDIO] uB« Ë« lL2« WG dOOG²
≥+ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ …—uB« …eO —UO«
≥∑ ................. [THEATER POSITION] …—uB« …eO —UO²šô
≥+ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ WOIOI0 …—uB. jO;« uBU. ŸUL"ô«
≥∑ .................................. [3D PHONIC] jO;« uB« bOKI²
≥∏ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ WU(« h32
≥∏ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ XLu«ØW½«uDÝô« UuKF h×H
≥π ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ DVD W½«uDÝ« WHOþË WUŠ h×H
≥π ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ ÷dF« …c2U$ …¡U{« …b: iH)
≥π ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ ÷dF« …cSU½ …¡U{«…bý iHš

MP3 W$«uD"« qOGA
¥∞ W× H
¥∞ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ MP3 W$«uD"« ‰u0
¥∞ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ …d2u*« dOE nzUBu«
¥± ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ WO"U"ô« öOGA«
— « — “ « ‰ U L F ² Ý « W D Ý « u Ð W O Ý U Ý ô « ö O G A ² «
¥± ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ WOÝUÝô« j³C«
— « — “ « ‰ U L F ² Ý « W D Ý « u Ð W Ž u L : « Ø — U 2 * « — UO ² š «
¥± ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ ÂUL—ô«
¥≤ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ …—uD*« nzUBu«
¥≤ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ ZU½d³« qOGAð
¥≥ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ wz«uAF« qOGA²«
¥≥ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ —dJ²*« qOGA²«
¥¥ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ XLu«ØW½«uDÝô« UuKF

WOËô« UIuQC«
¥µ W× H
¥µ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ öOCH« —UO«
¥µ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ öOCH²« j³{ WOHO
¥µ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ LANGUAGE WGK« W×H
¥∂ ........................................................ AUDIO uB« W×H
¥∏ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ DISPLAY ÷dF« W×H
¥π ...................................................... SYSTEM ÂUEM« W×H
¥π ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ ‰UHIô« WD"«u. qOGA« s b(«
v  Ë ô « … d L K  q ¼ ô « q H L W H O þ Ë j ³ C
¥π ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ [PARENTAL LOCK]
µ∞ ........................... [PARENTAL LOCK] UÞu³C« dOOG²
W²LR …—uBÐ q¼ô« qHL WHOþË d¹dײ
µ± ........................................................... [PARENTAL LOCK]
W O 2 U {ô «

µ≤ W× H

U  u K F *«

uB«Ë …—uB« …eNU. bF. sM rJ3« ÂUE$
µ≤ ................................................................... AV COMPU LINK
µ≤ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ œ«bŽô«Ë qOu²«
µ≤ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ qOGA²«
µ≥ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ U$«uD"ô« l qUF«Ë W UMF«
µ¥ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ ‰UDMô« sM Y3Q« qOœ
µ∂ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ UHS«u*«
µ+ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ UN «—UB« l UGK« ‰Ëb :A o3K
µ∏ ÆÆÆÆÆ qXô« qHW WHOBu WID M*«ØbKQ« …dHO: ‰Ëb :B o3K

W b I *«
≤ W× H
≤ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ «eOL*«
≤ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ …œË e*« UI3K*«
≥ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ qOGA« ULOKF VÒOY ‰u0
¥ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ “UN'« l qUF« ‰u0 UE0ö
WO  Ë ô « U  u K F *«
µ W× H
µ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ j.«uC«Ë ¡«eô« ¡UL"«
µ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ WOUô« WŠuK«
µ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ ÷dF« …cSU½
∂ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË
∏ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ WOHK)« WŠuK«
π ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ qOGA« ¡«d« ¡ÈœUQ
π ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« UýUý
±∞ ...... [SCREEN SAVER] ÷dF« WýUý …—«dŠ ŸUHð—« lM*
±± ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ WýUA« ‡ vKŽ qOb« «—Uý«
±± ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ ÂUL—ô« —«—“« ‰ULF²Ý« WOHO
±≤ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ U$«uD"ô« ‰u0
±≤ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ qOGA²K WKÐUI« U½«uDÝô« Ÿ«u½«
±≤ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ W½«uDÝô« VOdð
“UN'« VB$ ¡b.
±≥ W× H
±≥ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ öOSu«
±≥ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ öOuð W¹« qLŽ q³L
±≥ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ Êu¹eHK²« l qOu²K
U½uJ qšœ fÐUI d³Ž Êu¹eHKð l qOu²K
±¥ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ u¹bOH«
±µ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ q³I²2 Ë« u rdC l qOu²K
±∂ ÆÆÆÆÆ wLL— qšœ ·dDÐ œËe wðu “UNł l qOu²K
±∑ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ WOzUÐdNJ« WLUD« pKÝ qOu²
±∏ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ bF. sM rJ3« …b0Ë q«œ U —UDQ« VOYd
±π ÆÆÆÆÆÆ Êu eHK« qOGA bF. sM rJ3« …b0Ë ‰ULF"ô
WO"U"ô« qOGA« UOKLM

≤± W× H

≤± ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ DVD vKM TV-DVD ÕUH*« jQ{
≤± ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ “UN'« ·UI «ØqOGA
≤≤ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ U$«uD"ô« Ÿ e$Ë ‰Uœ«
≤≤ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ w"U"ô« qOGA«
≤≤ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ qOGA²« ¡b³
≤≥ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ wÝUÝô« qOGA²«
≤≥ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ W²LR …—uBÐ qOGA²« ·UI¹ô
≤≥ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ W³L«d*« ¡UMŁ« WŽd2Ð qOGA²« lOłdð Ë« .bI²
≤≥ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ WOMž« Ë« bNA W¹«bÐ œU−¹ô
≤¥ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ qOGA« ·UMb"«
≤¥ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ qOGA²« WFÞUI ÊUJ kH(
≤¥ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ qOGA²« ·UM¾²Ýô

WbI*« qOGA« UOKLM

≤µ W× H

≤µ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ W$«uD"ô« vKM sÒOF ÊUJ s qOGA«
uDÝ« WLzUL s »uKD bNA œU−¹ô
≤µ ................................................... DVD WOLL— u¹bOS W½«
u¹bOS W½«uDÝ« WLzUL s »uKD bNA œU−¹ô
≤µ .............................................. PBC WHOþË l SVCD/CD
≤∂ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ ÂUL—ô« —«—“« ‰ULF²ÝUÐ »uKD —UO²š« œU−¹ô
‰ U L F ² Ý U Ð » u K D  — U O ²š « œ U − ¹ ô
≤∂ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ ¢—e« Ë« 4 —e«
q B H « r L — b ¹ b% W D Ý « u Ð » u K D  b NA  œ U − ¹ ô
≤∑ ............................................................ [CHAP. SEARCH]
w  U ( « — U 2 * « Ë « Ê « u M F  « q š « œ »u K D  Ê U J  œ U − ¹ ô
≤∑ ................................................................ [TIME SEARCH]
b¼UA*« WbI ÷dŽ WýUý s »uKD bNA œU−¹ô
≤∏ ............................................................ [DIGEST] ÂUE²½UÐ
≤π ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ —uBK wSuB)« ÷dF«
≤π ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ —UÞ« ‡ bFÐ ‡ —UÞ« W²ÐU¦« …—uB« .bI²

±
Contents_Ara

1

02.5.23, 8:51 PM

WbI*«
…œË e*«

UIK*«

©± ™® …—u Ø u

«eOL*«

q³  •

…—uB« nzUË
WU« —uB« ÷d WHOË 7
W?F?ÐU?²?²? …—u?B?Ð W?²?ÐUŁ —u

π ÷dŽ “UN'« «c¼ lOD²4¹
ÆÊu¹eHK²$« WýUý vKŽ

U??b??I?  s?? »u??K? D? *« Ê«u??M? F? $« —U??O? ²? š« p??M? J?1
ÆÊu¹eHK²$« WýUý vKŽ W{ËdF*«

*W%Ë«e« WHOË 7

©± ™ ® bF Ð s Ž r J% … bŠ Ë •
/
N
E E
P S
O LO
C

…œb?F?²? «d?O?U? U?¹«Ë“ s? W?Ðu?K?D?*« W?¹Ë«e$« —UO²š« pMJ1
ÆDVD VIDEO WOL"d$« u¹bOH$« W½«uDÝ« vKŽ WK−4Ë

.Ë e« WHOË 7

T
V
1

1
D
V
D N
/O
Y D
B DV
V
T ND
A
3
T
V
S V
T
T
3

T
V
4

4
7

V

V

T

T

2

T

2

7
T

V

V
5

R

10

5
8

N

8

R

V

U

T

T

E

T

6
V
U

ÆWÐdI b¼UA …b¼UA pMJ1

IN
G

/V C
V N
T CA

N
T
R

*q#ô« qH) 7

+
L

R

O

A

V

LE

U
MEN

E

H

T
0 O
+ 1 IDE EL

E

-

C

C

S
E U
CHOIC EVIO
PR

9

M

9

H

L

C

T

O

6

V

0

V

0

U

+

T

V

T O P MEN

S

S
X

T

E

C

N

LE

DIS
PLA

Y

T

Y
LA E
P OD
M

W

-

E

LO

T
R

E

B TI

S

IG

D

SU

LO
W
R
E
T N
A
E IO
H IT
T OS
P

IO

+

D

LE

U

G

A

N

U½«uDÝ« qOGAð lM pMJ1
q¦ ¨p$UHÞ« U¼b¼UA¹ Ê« b¹dð ô b¼UA vKŽ Íu²% w²$«
ÆnMF$« ÂöS« Ë« 5G$U³$« ÂöS«

M

P

O

M

A

O

V
O

E
R

+

L

7U OL
00 TR
V N
X O
-S E C
M T
R MO

DVD VIDEO WOL"d$« u¹bOH$«

Z

-

E

S

A

3D NIC
O
H
P

B

T

O

S

TLE

W b I *«

UbI ÷d WHOË 7

ÂUE"U b#UA*«
b??¼U??A? *«

Õ d**« l{Ë 7
Æp²Sdž …¡U{« V4Š …—uB$« …eO —UO²š« pMJ1
©≤ ™® R6P(SUM-3)/AA(15F)

U ¹ — U DÐ •

uB« nzUË
WOU …œu. wL)—
w??³? $Ëœ n??zU??þu??Ð W??O? $U??Ž …œu??ł
©± ™® AC WOzUÐdNJ$« W"UD$« fÐU" •

u0 7

u??B? Ð ŸU??²?L?²?Ýô« p?M?J?1
-PCM Ë« wL"d$«
ÆwD)«
Ò

*jO;«

uB« WHOË 7

wL"d$« Õd4*« ÂUE½Ë wL"d$« w³$Ëœ ÂUE½ “UN' «c¼ œËe¹
ÆMPEG «u?? ?M? ? I? ? $« œb?? ?F? ? ²? ? *« j?? ?O? ? ;« u?? ?B? ? $« ÂU?? ?E? ?½Ë DTS
Ãd?)« f?ÐU?I? s? j?I?S j?O?;« u?B?$« «—Uý« Ãdš r²¹®
©ÆDIGITAL OUT wL"d$«

3D PHONIC WHOË 7
Æ…UM" ‡ ≤ ÂUE½ l wL"— jO×

uBÐ ŸU²L²Ýô« pMJ1

Èd4ô« nzUu«
* uB«Ë WOdH« s%ËUMFK …œbF

UG 7

W??G? $ s?? u??B? $« Ë« w??Žd??H? $« Ê«u??M?F?$« W?G?$ —U?O?²?š« p?M?J?1
u¹bOH$« W½«uDÝ« vKŽ WK−4*« uB$« Ë« wŽdH$« Ê«uMF$«
ÆDVD VIDEO WOL"d$«

…œbF ‡

U"«uD;« qOGA< 7

U?½«uDÝ«Ë CD W?O?ðu?B?$« U?½«uDÝôUÐ ŸU²L²Ýô« pMJ1
p??$c?Ë SVCD d??Ðu??4? $« u?¹b?O?H?$« U?½«u?D?Ý«Ë CD u??¹b?O?H?$«
ÆDVD VIDEO WOL"d$« u¹bOH$« U½«uDÝ«
ÆMP3 U½«uDÝUÐ ŸU²L²Ýô« pMJ1 ¨p$– v$« WSU{ôUÐ

‡ v?K? ÷d?F?« W??U?? s? q?O?GA« 7
W?UA«
s ‰ULF²Ýô« WKN4$« WýUA$« vKŽ ‡ ÷dF$« UýUý pMJ9
Ò
ÆWKNÝ …—uBÐ “UN'« qOGAð
W?½«u?D?Ý« l? j?IS ©*® W?ö?F?$U?Ð …d?ýR?*« n?zU?þu?$« q?G²Að
ÆWHOþË q l WIS«u²*« DVD VIDEO WOL"d$« u¹bOH$«

≤
XV-C3SL 2-4 Ara

2

02.5.23, 8:51 PM

W b I *«

qOGA«

ULOKF< VOÒQ ‰uI

W O Ð d F $«

ÆqHÝô« wS UL U—uH$« l WIÐUD²*« qOGA²$« UOKLŽ WOÝUÝ« …—uBÐ VO
Ò ²J $ « « c ¼ Õ d A ¹ •
ÂU4"ô« dOAð ô ÆUNOKð w²$«Ë ¥∞ W×HB$« vKŽ œułu*« ¢MP3 W½«uDÝ« qOGAð¢ r4" dE½« ¨MP3 U½«uDÝ« öOGAð qł« s •
ÆMP3 W½«uDÝ« qOGAð v$« VO
Ò ² J $ « « c N $ Èd š ô «

wz«uA VOU>ô« qOGA« DUOKL#

U O K LŽ

vKŽ …œułu*« …dþUM*« —«—“ô« ‰ULF²Ý« sJ1 ¨p – l(Ë ¨bFÐ sŽ rJײ « …bŠË vKŽ …œułu*« —«—“ô« ‰ULF²Hð ¨w U² « ÕdA « w2
ÆU¼d2uð W UŠ w2 “UN−K WO(U(ô« WŠuK «
WO Ð dF «

DVD vK# TV-DVD ÕUH*« jE{
Æ“UN'« qOGAð bFÐ MP3 Ë√ SVCD ¨ Video CD ¨Audio CD ¨DVD VIDEO ŸU{Ë_« bŠ√ vKŽ TV-DVD ÕU²H*« j³{«

TV

TV2

TV1

TV-DVD ÕUH*«

DVD

STANDBY/ON
TV
DVD

OPEN/
CLOSE

TV3

1

2

TV4

TV5

4

5

6

TV7

TV8

TV9

3

7

8

9

TV

TV0

MUTING

10

0

+10

TV6

TV/VIDEO

“UN'« ·UI«ØqOGA

qOGA² « U?OKLŽ
W?OÝUÝô«

ÆWO(U(ô« WŠuK « vKŽ œułu*«

—e « Ë« bFÐ sŽ rJײ « …bŠË vKŽ œułu*« DVD STANDBY/ON

TV

STANDBY

STANDBY/ON

DVD

STANDBY/ON
TV
DVD

OPEN/
CLOSE

STANDBY/ON

—e « j G{ «

DVD STANDBY/ON
TV1

TV2

TV3

1

2

3

TV4

TV5

TV6

4

5

TV7

TV8

6
TV9

7

8

9

TV

TV0

MUTING

10

0

+10
TV/VIDEO

U×O?LKð
…c¼ w2 Æ3 —e « jG{ WDÝ«uÐ “UN'« qOGAð pMJ1
W½«uDÝô« ÊuJð U(bMŽ qOGA² « “UN'« √b³¹ ¨W U(«
ÆW½«uDÝô« WOMO> qš«œ WKšb(
…—U³F « dNEð ¨WKšb( W½«uDÝ« œułË ÂbŽ W UŠ w2
Æ÷dF « …c2U½ w2 “NO DISC”
‚öž«Ø`²2 —“ jG{ WDÝ«uÐ “UN'« qOGAð pMJ1
vKŽ œułu*« 0 (OPEN/CLOSE) W½«uDÝô« WOMO>
Æ W O (U (ô « W Š u K «

•

•
•

WE  ö 
WOzU. dNJ« W+UD« —bB s# “UN'« qB r ô ¨“UN'« qOGA ·UIô Áö#√ W"{u*« —«— “_« b√ jG{ WU w v •
¨WU(« Ác8 w ÆqOGAK œ«bF>ô« l{Ë WU vL: WU(« Ác8 ÆwzU. dNJ« —UO« c5Q0 ö2u “UN'« q1 U*U0 AC
ÆW+UD« s WKOK+ WOLC “UN'« pKN:

≤±
XV-C3SL 21-24 Ara

21

02.5.23, 8:49 PM

W O Ý U Ý ô « q OG A ² «

U O K LŽ

DUH«uD>ô« Ÿ eHË ‰U5œ«
ÆW½«uDÝô« WOMO> `²H 0 (OPEN/CLOSE) W½«uDÝô« WOMO> ‚öž«Ø`²2 —“ jG{«
v K Ž ö ÁU & U Ð o B K * « V ½ U ł

ÆW½«uDÝô« WOMO> w2 W½«uDÝô« l{

±
≤

l{ ¨rÝ ‡ ∏ W½«uDÝ« ‰Ušœô •
… u − H « w2 W ½ « u D Ý ô «
ÆWOKš«b «

≥
qOGA² « U?OKLŽ
W?OÝUÝô«

ÆW½«uDÝô« WOMO> ‚öžô 0 (OPEN/CLOSE) W½«uDÝô« WOMO> ‚öž«Ø`²2 —“ jG{«

U×O?LKð
`²HðË qOGA² « sŽ “UN'« n[u²¹ ¨qOGA² « ¡UMŁ« 0 (OPEN/CLOSE) W½«uDÝô« WOMO> ‚öž«Ø`²2 —“ XDG{ «–« •
Æ W ½ « u D Ý ô « W OM O >

D UE  ö
•

Video CD ubOH« DUH«uD>«Ë CD DuB« DUH«uD>«Ë DVD VIDEO ubOH« DUH«uD>« qOGA “UN'« « c8 lOD:

‰u qO2UH« qL« s ÆÈd5« DUH«uD>« Ÿ«uH« lC ô ÆjI MP3 DUH«uD>«Ë SVCD W+uH*« ubOH« DUH«uD>«Ë
Ʊ≤ W"H2 dEH« ¨“UN'« «c8 vK# UNKOGA sJ1 w« DUH«uD>ô« Ÿ«uH«
¨p– ·öU. ÆW"O"2 …—uB. …uSH« q5«œ WH«uD>ô« l{Ë s bCQ ¨WH«uD>ô« WOMO2 w WH«uD>« qOL% bM# •
Æ“UN'« s WH«uD>ô« Ã dU ô Ê« sJ1Ë ¨WH«uD>ô« WOMO2 ‚öX« bM# WH«uD>ö — d{ qB" Ê« sJ1

w>U>ô« qOGA«
u> W½«uDÝ«Ë DVD VIDEOu¹bO2 W½«uDÝ« ‰ULF²Ý« WDÝ«uÐ jOHÐ qOGA²Ð l ²L²H½ UMŽœ ¨ôË« ÆW½«uDÝô« qOGAð Êô« pMJ1
Æ¥∞ W×HB « dE½« ¨MP3 W½«uDÝô WOÝUÝô« öOGA²K Æw U² « ¡«dłô« VHŠ SVCD W½«uDÝ«Ë CD u¹bO2 W½«uDÝ«Ë CD

qOGA« ¡bE
Æ3 —e « jG{«
Æ W ¹ « b ³ « s ( q O G A ² « “ U N' « √ b³ ¹

C

CH

HO

IC E
PREVIOUS
CLEAR

P
DIS
NEXT

SELECT

SLOWPLAY
MODE

SUB TITLE

LA

Y

STROBE

SLOW+

—«—“«
j³ C «
W OÝ U Ý ô «

THEATER
AUDIO POSITION

D U E  ö
s “UN'« qÒGA 3 — e« jG{ ÊU ¨W1uH" qOGA« ·UM]>« WDIH ÊuJ UbM# •
Æ ¥ π Ë ≤ ¥ W " H 2 d EH « ÆW  « b E  « W DI H s ô b . W DI M  « p K
ÆUOU qGA Íc« —U:*« r+— Ë« qBH«ØÊ«uMF« r+— ÷dF« …cUH sOÒE ¨qOGA« ¡UMa« •
DUH«uD>« iF. Ë« PBC WHO1Ë vK# Íu% w« SVCD/CD ubOH« DUH«uD>« l •
w ÆqOGA« ¡b. bF. Êu eHK« WgUg vK# WLzUI« ÷d# dNE Ê« sJ1 tHU ¨DVD
ÆWLzUI« s tKOGA œ«d*« bME« d5« ¨WU(« Ác8 qh
Æ≤µ W"H2 dEH« ¨WLzUI« ‰ULF>U. qOGAK
ÆWH«uD>ô« ‰U5œ« bF. UOJOUuË« qOGA« “UN'« √bE ¨DVD DUH«uD>« iF. l •

≤≤
XV-C3SL 21-24 Ara

22

02.5.23, 8:49 PM

WOÝUÝô« qOGA² «

U O K LŽ

w>U>ô« qOGA«
WO Ð dF «

Æ7 —e « jG{«
ÆqOGA² « sŽ “UN'« n[u²¹

W+R …—uB. qOGA« ·UIô
Æ8 —e « jG{«
Æ3—e « jG{« ¨qOGA² « WFÐU²* ÆW²[R( …—uBÐ qOGA² « sŽ “UN'« n[u²¹

WE+«d*« ¡UMa« W#d:. qOGA« lOLd Ë« .bI
q O G A ² « ¡ U MŁ « 7

bF. s# rJ"« …bË s

Æ¡ —e « Ë« 1 —e « jG{«

qOGA² « U?OKLŽ
W?OÝUÝô«

™ Ë ±∞ ™ Ë µ ™ Ë ≤ ™ 5Ð s( WŽdH « —UO²š« pMJ1 ÆqOGA² « WŽdÝ œ«œeð ¡ —e « Ë« 1 —e « UNÐ jGCð …d( qb w2
∂∞ ™ Ë ≤∞
ÆW¹œUF « WŽdH «
Æ W ¹ œ U F « q OG A ² « W Ž d Ý v « “ U N ' « l ł
Ò d ¹ 3 q OG A ² « — “ j G { «

WE  ö 
s ¨SVCD W+uH ubO WH«uD>« Ë√ Video CD WSb ubO WH«uD>« Ë√ ¨DVD VIDEO WOL+— ubO WH«uD>« qOGA bM# •
Æ D U # U L:  « s  D u 2 — b B 

WOUô« WuK« s

Æ¢ —e « Ë« 4 —e « vKŽ jGC « lÐUðË jG{«
4 — e « v K Ž j G C « W F Ð U ²( Ë j G C « U L M OÐ ¨ W F ¹ d Ý … — u B Ð q O G A ² « Â b I ¹ ¢ — e « v K Ž j G C « W F Ð U ²( Ë j G C «
…b* —e « vKŽ jGC « XFÐUð «–« W¹œUF « WŽdH « ≤∞ ™ v « µ ™ s( WŽdH « dOG²ð ·uÝ ÆWF¹dÝ …—uBÐ qOGA² « lł
Ò d¹
ÆÍœUF « qOGA² « l{Ë v « “UN'« lł
Ò d ¹ —e « d ¹ d % Æ W M O F( W O M (“

D UE  ö
—bB s ¨SVCD W+uH ubO WH«uD>« Ë√ CD WSb ubO WH«uD>« Ë√ ¨DVD VIDEO WOL+— ubO WH«uD>« qOGA bM# •
ÆDU#UL:« s Du2
ÆMP3 WH«uD>« v« ŸUL>ô« ¡UMa√ ¢ Ë 4 —«— “_« qLF ô •

WOMX« Ë« bNA W«b. œUSô
q O G A ² « ¡U M Ł « 7

Æ¢ —e « Ë« 4 —e « jG{«
Ë« Ê«uMF « Ë« qBH « W¹«bÐ œU−¹ô ¢ —e « jG{«Ë ¨w U(« —UH*« Ë« Ê«uMF « Ë« qBH « W¹«bÐ œU−¹ô 4 —e « jG{«
Æw U² « —UH*«

WE  ö 
ÊUJ “UN'« bS Ê« sJ1 tHU ¨DVD VIDEO WH«uD>« Ë« PBC WHO1Ë vK# Íu% CD/SVCD ubO WH«uD>« qOGA bM# •
Æ — U : * « Ë« q B H  « Ë« Ê « u M F  « W  « b . “ U N ' « b S  · u > Â U # q J A . s J  Ë ¨ n K  U 

≤≥
XV-C3SL 21-24 Ara

23

02.5.23, 8:49 PM

W O Ý U Ý ô « q OG A ² «

U O K LŽ

qOGA« ·UM]>«
WO U² « …d*« w2 ÊUJ*« p – s( qOGA² « n½Q²H¹Ë ¨qOGA² « WFÞUI( ÁbMŽ - Íc « W½«uDÝô« vKŽ ÊUJ*« kHŠ “UN'« lOD²H¹
Æ3 —e « jG{ bMŽ

qOGA« WF0UI ÊUJ kH(
“SYSTEM” ÂUEM « W×H> vKŽ …œułu*« “RESUME” qOGA² « ·UM¾²Ý« WHOþË j³{«
“.ON” qOGAð l{Ë vKŽ qOCH² « WýUA

±

©Æj³C « WOHOb ‰uŠ qO>UH² « qł« s( ¥≥ W×H> dE½«®

ØWOzUÐdNJ « W[UD « —“ Ë« ¨7 —e « jG{« ¨qOGA² « WFÞUI( ÁbMŽ b¹dð Íc « ÊUJ*« w2
—e « Ë« bFÐ sŽ rJײ « …bŠË vKŽ œułu*« DVD STANDBY/ON
qOGA²K œ«bF²Ýô«
ÆWO(U(ô« WŠuK « vKŽ œułu*« STANDBY/ON

≤

qOGA² « U?OKLŽ
W?OÝUÝô«

ÆqOGA² « WFÞUI( ÊUJ( “UN'« kH×¹

U×O?LKð
W[UD « XKB2 p – bFÐË vKŽô« w2 …—ubc*« ≤ …uD)« w2 7 ·UI¹ô« —“ jG{ WDÝ«uÐ qOGA² « XFÞU[ «–« v²Š •
Æ … d b « c « `H ( r ² ¹ ô ¨ W O z U Ð d N J «

qOGA« ·UM]>ô
W½«uDÝô« WOMO> qš«œ …d( dš« UNKOGAð WFÞUI( - w² « W½«uDÝô« ¡UIÐ ¡UMŁ« 7

Æ3 jG{«
Æ…d( dš« qOGA² « WFÞUI( - ÁbMŽ Íc « ÊUJ*« s( qOGA² « “UN'« √b³¹
qOGA« ·UM]>« ÊUJ …dC«– ¡UGô •
Æ W O U ² « « ¡« d ł ô « b Š « q LŽ «
W½«uDÝô« WOMO> s( W½«uDÝô« Ãdš« ¿
·UI¹ô« ¡UMŁ« 7 ·UI¹ô« —“ jG{« ¿
Ë« ©bFÐ sŽ rJײ « …bŠË vKŽ œułu*«® DVD STANDBY/ON

qOGA²K œ«bF²Ýô«ØWOzUÐdNJ « W[UD « —“ jG{ WDÝ«uÐ “UN'« qG
Ò ý ¿
Æ©WO(U(ô« WŠuK « vKŽ œułu*«® STANDBY/ON
—e «

D UE  ö
ÆMP3 DUH«uD>«Ë CD WOuB« DUH«uD>ô« l qOGA« ·UM]>« WHO1Ë qGA ô
ÂUEM« W"H2 vK# …œuLu*« “RESUME” qOGA« ·UM]>« WHO1Ë XHUC «–« qOGA« ·UM]>« WHO1Ë qGA ô
Æ“OFF” ·UI« l{Ë vK# W0uEC qOCH« WgUA “SYSTEM”
dJ.« WDIH s qOGA« “UN'« nHQ: Ê« sJ1 tHU ¨PBC WHO1Ë vK# Íu% CD/SVCD ubOH« WH«uD>« Ê« WU w
ÆUNHe5 w« qOGA« ·UM]>« WDIH s qOKI.
Æwz«uAF« qOGA« Ë« ZdE*« qOGA« l{Ë w qOGA« ·UM]>« WHO1Ë qGA ô

•
•
•
•

≤¥
XV-C3SL 21-24 Ara

24

02.5.23, 8:49 PM

W bI*« qOGA« -UOKL
W  b I ²* « q O G A ² «

WO Ð dF «

UO K L Ž

5/∞/2/3 dýR*« —«—“« qLF²Ý«
jG{« p – bFÐË ¨»uKD*« bM³ « —UO²šô
ÆENTER ‰ušb « —“

≤

W½«uDÝô …—uD²*« qOGA² « UOKLŽ Õdý - ¨r8I « «c¼ w
W½«uDÝ«Ë CD WOðuB « W½«uDÝô«Ë DVD VIDEO WOL%d « u¹bOH «
öOG?Að qł« s ÆSVCD dÐu8 « u¹bOH « W½«u?DÝ«Ë CD u¹bOH «
Æ¥¥ Ë ¥∞ U×HB « d?E½« ¨MP3 W½«uDÝ«

Æ—U²<« bM³ « qOGAð “UN'« √b³¹
U×O?LKð
œuM³ « —UO?²š« UC¹« pMJ1 ¨ U½«uDÝô« iFÐ w •
¨ÂU%—ô« —«—“« ‰ULF²ÝU?Ð dþUM*« r%d « ‰Ušœ« WDÝ«uÐ
ÆUOJOðUuðË« “U?N'« qOGAð ¡bÐ V³8ð Ê« sJ1 w² «Ë

- U E +ö
b F4 Ê u  e H K   « W 1 U 1 v K 
…—U1ô« dNE/ U bM •
∫± …uD)« w$ TOP MENU — e« jG{
ÆsËUMF« ë—œ« WLzU! pK9 ô W«uDô« Ê« wMF «c:
Êu eHK« W1U1 vK
… —U 1 ô « d N E/ U b M  •
∫± …uD)« w$ MENU WLzUI« — “ jG{ bF4
ÆWLzU! pK9 ô W«uDô« Ê« wMF «c:
ÆqOGA« s “UN'« n!u/ ¡UMB« WLzUI« — “ qGA ô •

v?K sOÒF? ÊUJ s? qOGA?«
W«uDô«
¨ — U² ;  q B  Ë « Ê « u M Ž Ë « — U 8  s  W ½ « u D Ý « q O G A ð p M J 1
Æ œ b ×  X% Ë s  Ë«

WL?zU! s? »uK?D b?NA? œU?ô
DVD WOL!— ubO$ W«uD«
WCUš rz«u% vKŽ ÂUŽ qJAÐ DVD VIDEO U½«uDÝ« sLC²ð
œuMÐ vKŽ rz«uI « Ác¼ Íu²% ÆW½«uDÝô« U¹u²× sO
Ò ³ ð U NÐ
sŽ UuKF Ë« w½Užô« ¡ULÝ« Ë« Âöô« s¹ËUMŽ q¦ …œbF²
bNA œU−¹« pMJ1 ÆÊu¹eHK² « WýUý vKŽ ÷dFðË ¨5½UMH «
ÆWLzUI « ‰ULF²Ý« WDÝ«uÐ »uKD
TV

TV1

qOGA² « U?OKLŽ
Wb?I²*«

1

TV

DVD

STANDBY/ON
TV
DVD

OPEN/
CLOSE
TV1

TV2

1

2

3

TV4

TV5

TV6

4

5

6

TV7

TV8

TV9

8

9

TV0

MUTING

0

+10

TO

NU CH

MUTING

0

+10
TV/VIDEO
CANCEL

P

ME

NU CH

ME
NU

+

VOL-

VOL+

ENTER
CH

CH
-

OI

P
DIS
NEXT

CE
PREVIOUS

CLEAR

SELECT

SLOW-

PLAY
MODE

SUB TITLE

DIGEST

ANGLE

LA

Y

≤

STROBE

SLOW+
THEATER
AUDIO POSITION

ZOOM

-AMP VOL +

∫TOP MENU WLzUI « qOGA² 7
DVD VIDEO W½«uDÝ« qOGAð ·UI¹≈ Ë√ ÷dŽ ¡UMŁ√
∫MENU WLzUI « qOGA²
DVD VIDEO W½«uDÝ« ÷dŽ ¡UMŁ√

VOL+

CH
-

CE

P
DIS
NEXT

PREVIOUS
SELECT

SLOW-

PLAY
MODE

SUB TITLE

DIGEST

ANGLE

3D
PHONIC

TV0

10

REMOTE CONTROL

≤

ME
NU

+

CLEAR

±

9

TV

TV/VIDEO
CANCEL

ENTER

OI

6
TV9

8

RM-SXV005U

7
10

VOL-

CH

3
TV6

5
TV8

7

3D
PHONIC

TV

ME

2
TV5

4
TV7

TV3

RETURN

P

TV3

RETURN

TO

q?OGA² « j³{ WHOþË rŽbð SVCD/CD u¹bO?H « U½«uDÝ« iFÐ
pK?²9 Æå÷dF UÐ rJײ «ò WHOþu? —UB²š« w¼ PBC ·Ëd(« ÆPBC
UN?Ð WCUš rz«u% PBC WHOþuÐ WK−8*« SVCD/CD u?¹bOH « W½«uDÝ«
bNA œU?−¹« pMJ1 ÆW½«uDÝô« vKŽ …œułu?*« w½Užô« ‰Ëbł q¦
ÆWLzUI « ‰ULF?²Ý« WDÝ«uÐ sOÒF

TV2

TV4

±

DVD

STANDBY/ON
TV
DVD

OPEN/
CLOSE

W«uD« W?LzU! s »uKD bNA œUô
PBC W?HO(Ë l SVCD/CD ubO$

LA

Y

STROBE

SLOW+
THEATER
AUDIO POSITION

ZOOM

ÆMENU Ë« TOP MENU —e « jG{«

-AMP VOL +

±

Æ Ê u ¹ e H K ² « W ý U ý v K Ž W Lz U I « d N E ð
RM-SXV005U
REMOTE CONTROL

U×O?LKð

PBC WHOþË l SVCD/CD u¹bO W½«uDÝ« qOGAð bMŽ 7
q OG A ² « s Ž W H % u ²

Æ3 jG{«

±

Æ©PBC WHO?þË jOAMð r²¹® Êu?¹eHK² « WýUý v?KŽ W½«uDÝô« WLzU?% dNEð
∫ ‰U¦ 

W L z U I « ‰ uŠ
w² « DVD VIDEO WOL%d « u¹bOH « W½«uDÝ« Íu²% Ê« sJ1 ¨…œUŽ
Æs¹ËUMF « UNO ×bð ¢Ê«uMŽ¢ WLzU% vKŽ Ê«uMŽ s d¦]« vKŽ sLC²ð
— e « j G { W D Ý « u Ð Ê u ¹ e H K ² « W ýU ý v K Ž W L z U I « d N E ð ¨ W U ( « Á c ¼ w 
WOL%d « u¹bOH « U½«uDÝ« iFÐ Íu²% Ê« UC¹« sJ1 ÆTOP MENU
ÆMENU WLzUI « —“ jG{ WDÝ«uÐ dNEð WHK²; WLzU% DVD VIDEO
WLzUI « qł« s DVD VIDEO WOL%— u¹bO W½«uDÝ« q] ULOKFð dE½«
Æ UN Ð W C U ) «
∫ ‰ U ¦

ÆWOUô« WŠuK « vKŽ ÷dF « …cU½ w “PBC” …—Uýô« dNEð

≤µ
XV-C3SL 25-39 Ara

25

02.5.23, 8:52 PM

W  b I ²* « q O G A ² «

Ær%d « b¹bײ ÂU%—ô« —«—“« qLF²Ý«

±

¡UM¦²ÝUЮ DVD VIDEO u¹bOH « W½«uD?Ý« qOGAð ¡UMŁ« ¿
ÆqBH « b¹b% r²¹ ¨©WL?zUI « —uNþ bMŽ
¨DVD VIDEO u¹bOH « W½«uDÝ« qOGAð ·UI¹« ¡UMŁ« ¿
Æ Ê « uM F « b ¹ b % r² ¹
Video CD/ u¹bOH « Ë« CD WOðuB « W½«uDÝö ¿
Æ—U8*« b¹b% r²¹ ¨SVCD
Æ—UO²šô« W¹«bÐ s qOGA² « “UN'« √b³¹

- U E +ö
÷d - «–« ¨DVD VIDEO ubOH« W«uD« qOGA/ ¡UMB« •
‰ULF« sJ1 tU$ ¨Êu eHK« W1U1 vK WLzUI«
ÆWLzUI« w$ œuQu bM4 —UOHô ÂU!—ô« —«— “«
Æ Ê u e H K   « W1 U 1 v K 
… —U 1 ô « d N E/ U b M  •
dOT t/dH« Íc« —UR*« Ë« Ê«uMF« Ê« wMF «c:
Æ W  « uD  ô « v K  œ uQ u
W«uD« qOGA/ ¡UMB« WHO(u« Ác: qGA/ ô •
ÆPBC WHO(Ë vK Íu% SVCD/CD ubO$

— e« ‰ULF?U4 »uKD —UOH« œUô
¢ — e« Ë« 4
TV

TV2

TV3

2

6
TV9

7

8

9

TV

TV0

MUTING

0

+10

TO

ME

NU CH

ME
NU

+

VOL+

ENTER

CH
-

OI

P
DIS
NEXT

CE
PREVIOUS

CLEAR

SELECT

SLOW-

PLAY
MODE

SUB TITLE

ANGLE

3D
PHONIC

LA

Y

ÆPLAY MODE qOGA² « l{Ë —“ jG{« Ʊ

±
u¹bOH « U½«uDÝô® »uKD qB Ë« Ê«uMŽ qOGAð pMJ1
u¹bOH «ØCD WOðuB « U½«uDÝö ® —U8 Ë« ©DVD VIDEO
Ær%d « b¹b% WDÝ«uÐ ©SVCDØVideo CD

STROBE

SLOW+

DIGEST

WýUý ‰ULF²ÝUÐ PBC WHOþË jOAMð UC¹« pMJ1 •
Æ w K ¹ U L] q OF A ² « l { Ë W L z U %

—«— “« ‰ULFU4 »uKD —UOH« œUô
ÂU!—ô«

TV/VIDEO
CANCEL

VOL-

CH

u¹bOH « W½«uDÝ« ÊuJð UbMŽ PBC WHOþË jOAM² •
¨UO UŠ qG²Að w² « PBC WHOþË l WI«u² SVCD/CD
Æ3 —e « jG{« p – bFÐ 7 —e « jG{«

TV6

5
TV8

RETURN

P

WI«u²*« SVCD/CD u¹bOH « W½«uDÝ« qOGA𠜗« «–« •
√bЫ ¨PBC WHOþË qOGAð ÊËbÐ PBC WHOþË l
s ôbÐ ÂU%—ô« —«—“« ‰ULF²Ý« WDÝ«uÐ qOGA² «
Æ3 —e « ‰ULF²Ý«

3

TV5

4
TV7

10

U×O?LKð

qOGA² « U?OKLŽ
Wb?I²*«

1
TV4

ÆWO U² « W×HB « vKŽ ‰Òu×¹ ¢ —e « jG{ •
ÆWIÐU8 « W×HB « vKŽ ‰Òu×¹ 4 —e « jG{ •
ÆW½«uDÝô« vKŽ «œUL²Ž« qOGA² « WI¹dÞ nK²;ð •

dýR*« p¹dײ 2/3—«—“ô« qLF²Ý« Æ≤
¨[PBC CALL] åPBC ¡UŽb²Ý«ò WHOþË vKŽ
ÆENTER ‰ušb « —“ jG{« p – bFÐË

DVD

STANDBY/ON
TV
DVD

TV1

≤

‰ULF²Ý« ‰uŠ qOCUH² « qł« s ±± W×HC dE½« •
Æ Â U % —ô « — « —“ «
Æ»uKD*« bM³ « q?OGAð “UN'« √b³¹
Ÿułd « —“ jG{ WDÝ«uÐ WLzUI? « w « Ÿułd « pMJ1
ÆRETURN
“PREVIOUS” oÐU?8 « Ë« “NEXT” w U² « …—Uý« dNEð UbMŽ
∫w?K¹ UL] “UN'« qG²A¹ …œUŽ ¨Êu¹eH?K² « WýUý vKŽ

‰ U L F ² Ý « ‰ u Š q OC U H ² « q ł « s  ± ± W × H C d E ½ « •
Æ ÂU % — ô « — « — “ «

OPEN/
CLOSE

bM³ « —UO²šô ÂU%—ô« —«—“« qLF²Ý«
Æ»uKD*«

U OK L Ž

THEATER
AUDIO POSITION

ZOOM

-AMP VOL +
TV

DVD

STANDBY/ON
TV
DVD

OPEN/
CLOSE

RM-SXV007U
REMOTE CONTROL

TV1

TV2

1

Æ¢ —e « Ë« 4 —e « jG{«
CD u¹bO W½«uDÝ« Ë« ¨CD WOðuB « W½«uDÝô« l
—e « jG{ ÊU ¨SVCD W%uH² u¹bO W½«uDÝ« Ë«
ÊU ¨DVD VIDEO W½«uDÝ« l ÆbŠ«Ë —U8 vD;²¹

bŠ«Ë Ê«uMŽ Ë« bŠ«Ë qB vD;²¹ —e « jG{
ÆW½«uDÝô« qOJAð vKŽ «œUL²Ž«
v K Ž … œ u ł u * « ÷ d F « … c  U ½ q š « œ — U O² š ô « r % — d N E ¹
ÆWOUô« WŠuK «
l?ÐU²² UÐ Ë« …bŠ«Ë …d? ¢ —e « jG{« ¨Ì‰Uð —UO?²š« œU−¹ô •
ÆWýUA « v?KŽ »uKD*« —UO²šô« r%— d?NE¹ v²Š
Æ…bŠ«Ë …d 4 —e « j?G{« ¨w U(« —U?O²šô« W¹«b?Ð œU−¹ô •

±

3

TV5

TV6

4

5

6

TV7

TV8

TV9

7

8

9

TV

TV0

MUTING

10

0

+10

P

ME

±

TV/VIDEO
CANCEL

RETURN

TO

∫DVD VIDEO W½«uDÝô 7
W L z U I « ÷ d Ž ¡U M Ł √ « b Ž X % Ë Í √ w 
X%Ë Í√ w ∫CD WOðuC W½«uDÝô
∫SVCD/CD u¹bO W½«uDÝô
PBC WHOþË ÊËbÐ qOGA² « ¡UMŁ«

TV3

2

TV4

NU CH

ME
NU

+

VOL-

VOL+

ENTER

CH

CH
-

OI

P
DIS
NEXT

CE
PREVIOUS

CLEAR

SELECT

SLOW-

PLAY
MODE

SUB TITLE

DIGEST

ANGLE

LA

Y

STROBE

SLOW+
THEATER
AUDIO POSITION

3D
PHONIC

ZOOM

-AMP VOL +

RM-SXV005U
REMOTE CONTROL

DVD VIDEO W½«uDÝô 7
Æ · U I ¹ ô « ¡ U M Ł « Ë « q O G A ² « ¡U M Ł «
X%Ë Í√ w ∫WOðuC CD W½«uDÝô
∫SVCD/CD u¹bO W½«uDÝô
¡UMŁ« Ë« PBC WHOþË ÊËbÐ qOGA² « ¡UMŁ«
Æ ·U I¹ô «

≤∂
XV-C3SL 25-39 Ara

26

02.5.23, 8:53 PM

W  b I ²* « q O G A ² «

UO K L Ž

ÆENTER ‰ušb « —“ jG{«

¥

lÐU²²? UÐ 4 —e « jG{« ¨oÐU8 « —UO²šô« œU−¹ö •
ÆWýUA « vK?Ž »uKD*« —UO²šô« r%— dNE¹ v²Š

Æ—U²<« qBH « s qOGA² « “UN'« √b³¹

WO Ð dF «

- UE + ö
U×O?LKð
ÆWHOþu « Ác¼ w “+10” Ë “10” —«—“ô« qLF²8ð ô •

i F 4 l W H O ( u  « Á c : q G  A/ ô Ê « s J 1 •
ÆDVD VIDEO -U«uD«
W«uD« qOGA/ ¡UMB« WHO(u« Ác: qGA/ ô •
ÆPBC WHO(Ë vK Íu% SVCD/CD ubO$

- U E +ö
•

bb% WD«u4 »uKD bNA œUô
[CHAP. SEARCH] qBH« r!—
•
•

UL?8I UO UŠ qG²Að w² « DVD VIDOE W?½«uDÝ« Ê«uMŽ ÊU] «–«
b¹b?% WDÝ«uÐ »uKD*« qBH « v « wD;²? « pMJ1 ¨‰uB v «
ÆWýUA « vKŽ ÷dF « WýUý ‰ULF?²ÝUÐ qBH « r%—
TV

TV2

TV1

1

TV3

2

TV4

•

DVD

STANDBY/ON
TV
DVD

OPEN/
CLOSE

3

TV5

TV6

4

5

6

TV7

TV8

TV9

7

8

9

TV

TV0

MUTING

10

0

+10
TV/VIDEO
CANCEL

RETURN

TO

…d1U[ »uKD*« qBH« œU« UC« pMJ1
ÂU!—ô« —«— “« ‰ULFU4 qBH« r!— bb% WD«u4
Æ©WLzUI« ÷d bM ¡UM]U4® qOGA« ¡UMB«
Æ ≤ ∂ W` H _ d E  «
∫ ≥ … uD ) « w $ ` O `_ dO T q B H  « r ! — Ê uJ  U b M 
Æ ` O× B « r % d U Ð ` O× B « d O ž r % d « ‰ Ò b Ð
w $ Ê u e H K   « W1 U 1 v K 
… —U 1 ô « d N E/ U b M 
∫ ¥ … u D) «
v K Ž œ u ł u  d Ož t ð d ² š « Íc « q B H « Ê « w MF ¹ « c ¼
Á c ¼ v K Ž q B H « Y × Ð q G ² A¹ ô Ë « ¨ W ½ « uD Ý ô «
ÆW½«uDÝô«
∫ q O G A   « l { Ë W Lz U ! q O G A / · U I  ô
ÆPLAY MODE qOGA² « l{Ë —“ jG{«

P

ME

NU CH

ME
NU

+

VOL-

VOL+

ENTER

qOGA² « U?OKLŽ
Wb?I²*«

Ë« Ê«uMF« qH«œ »uKD ÊUJ œUô
[TIME SEARCH] wU(« —UR*«

±-≤

CH

TV

TV1

TV2

2

3

TV5

TV6

4

5

6

TV8

TV9

7

8

TV

TV0

10

0

9
MUTING

+10
TV/VIDEO
CANCEL

TO

NU CH

ME
NU

+

VOL-

VOL+

≥
¥ ¨ ≤-≤

ENTER

CH

CH

OI

CE
PREVIOUS

CLEAR

P
DIS
NEXT
SELECT

PLAY
MODE

SUB TITLE

DIGEST

ANGLE

3D
PHONIC

LA

DIGEST

ANGLE

3D
PHONIC

SLOW+
THEATER
AUDIO POSITION

ZOOM

-AMP VOL +

RM-SXV005U
REMOTE CONTROL

DVD VIDEO W½«uDÝ« qOGAð ¡UMŁ« 7

ÆPLAY MODE qOGA² « l{Ë —“ jG{«±

≤

Y

åΩ qB v « V¼–«ò …—U³Ž dNEð
ÆWLzUI « X% “GO TO CHPTER =”

STROBE

SLOW-

±

SUB TITLE

Y

3 dýR*« —«—“« qLF²Ý«
p¹dײ 2/3
Y×Ðò WHOþË vKŽ rN8 «
p – bFÐË ¨[CHAP. SEARCH]åqBH «
ÆENTER ‰ušb « —“ jG{«

TV3

1
TV7

RETURN

±-≤

PLAY
MODE

LA

STROBE

WýUý vKŽ DVD W½«uDÝ« qOGAð l{Ë WLzU% dNEð
ÆÊu¹eHK² «

DVD

TV4

ME

P
DIS
NEXT

SELECT

STANDBY/ON
TV
DVD

OPEN/
CLOSE

P

CE PREVIOUS

SLOW-

±
b¹b% WDÝ«uÐ »uKD ÊUJ s W½«uDÝ« qOGAð pMJ1
w U(« —U8*« Ë« Ê«uMF « W¹«bÐ s wCIM*« X%u «
ÆTIME SEARCH X%u « Y×Ð WHOþË ‰ULF²ÝUÐ
vKŽ Íu²% ô DVD VIDEO U½«uDÝ« iFÐ t½« kŠô
å X % u « Y× Ð ò W H O þ Ë ‰ U L F ² Ý « s J 1 ô Ë ¨ X % u « U  u K F 
ÆUN TIME SEARCH

CH

OI

CLEAR

≥
¥\≤-≤

SLOW+
THEATER
AUDIO POSITION

DVD CONTROL

ZOOM

REPEAT A-B REPEAT TIME SEARCH

CHAP. SEARCH

-AMP VOL +

GO TO CHAPTER =
RM-SXV005U
REMOTE CONTROL

ÆqOGA² « ¡UMŁ« ∫ DVD VIDEO W½«uDÝô 7
ÆqOGA² « ¡UMŁ« ∫ CD WOðuC W½«uDÝô
ÊËbÐ qOGA² « ¡UMŁ« ∫ SVCD/CD u¹bO W½«uDÝô
.PBC WHOþË

ÆPLAY MODE qOGA² « l{Ë —“ jG{«
Æ ÷ d F « W ý U ý v K Ž q O G A ² « l { Ë W Lz U % d N E ð

±

‰Ušœô (0 - 9) ÂU%—ô« —«—“« qLF²Ý«
Æ»uKD*« qBH « r%—
∫ ∏ qBH « r%— —UO²šô ∫‰U¦
ÆENTER ‰ušb « —“ ← “8” jG{«
∫ ≥∑ qBH « r%— —UO²šô
ÆENTER ‰ušb « —“ ← “7” ← “3” jG{«

≤∑
XV-C3SL 25-39 Ara

27

02.5.23, 8:53 PM

≥

W  b I ²* « q O G A ² «

Q D š q L Fð U  b M Ž •
WLOI « jG{« p – bFÐË ¨W¾ÞU)« WLOI « vKŽ dýR*« „ÒdŠ
Æ W × O × B « W L O I « ‰ Uš œ « … œ U Ž ô W × O × B «

GO TO

Æ2 dýR*« —“ jG{«

2 : 3_ : __
→

GO TO

3 dýR*« —«—“« qL?F²Ý«
rN8? « p¹dײ? 2/3
åX?%u « Y×Ðò WHO?þË vKŽ
‰u? šb « —“ jG{« p – bFÐË ¨[TIME SEARCH]
ÆENTER

≤

ÆW?LzU?I « X% “GO TO” åv? « V¼–«ò …—U³?Ž dN?Eð

2 : 35 : __
→

GO TO

U OK L Ž

ÆX?%u « ‰Ušœô (0 – 9) ÂU?%—ô« —«—“« qLF?²Ý«

≥

— U 8 * « Ë « Ê « u M F K w C I M * « X % u « b¹ b% p M J 1
√b³¹ Ê« b¹dð Íc « ÊUJ*« j³{ qł« s w U(«
Æ Á b M Ž s  q OG A ² «

Æ ¢4 ¢ jG { «

2 : 34 : __

ÆENTER ‰ušb « —“ jG{«

¥

Æ — U ² < « X % u « s  q O GA ² « “ U N ' « √ b ³ ¹
- U E +ö

W1U1 s »uKD bNA œUô
ÂUEU4 b:UA*« W bI ÷d
[DIGEST]
qB Ë« Ê«uMŽ qJ bNA*« WbI ÷dŽ “UN'« «c¼ lOD²8¹
œułu —U8 q] W¹«bÐ Ë« DVD VIDEO W½«uDÝ« vKŽ œułu
bNA*« —UO²š« pMJ1 ÆSVCD/CD u¹bO W½«uDÝ« vKŽ
ÆÊu¹eHK² « WýUý vKŽ W{ËdF*« b¼UA*« 5Ð s »uKD*«

TV

TV1

TV2

2

3

TV5

TV6

4

5
TV8

9
MUTING

0

+10

TO

U×O?LKð
ÆWHOþu « Ác¼ w ¢+10¢ Ë ¢10¢ —«—“ô« qLF²8ð ô •
W O ½ U ¦ « Ø W I O% b « Ø W Ž U 8 « U  — u H Ð X % u « b ¹ b % p M J 1 •
u¹bOH « U½«uDÝô
W½«uDÝô WO½U¦ «ØWIO%b « U—uHÐË ¨DVD VIDEO
W½«uDÝô ¨CD uB «
W½«uDÝôË CD u¹bOH «

©(SVCD/CDu¹bO/  W½«u)DÝô®
VCD CONTROL
REPEAT A-B REPEAT TIME SEARCH PBC CALL

GO TO

02:34

©DVD VIDEO W«uDô® ‰U]
2 (H):34 (M):00 (S) s? qOGA?²K

•

TV/VIDEO
CANCEL

NU CH

≥

ME
NU

+

VOL-

GO TO

_ : _ _ :__

VOL+

ENTER
CH

2:34:00

— U² <« X % u «

6

8
TV0

CH
-

OI

P
DIS
NEXT

CE
PREVIOUS

CLEAR

SELECT

PLAY
MODE

SUB TITLE

DIGEST

ANGLE

3D
PHONIC

LA

Y

STROBE

GO TO

SLOW+
THEATER
AUDIO POSITION

ZOOM

GO TO

Æ¢2 ¢ jG{«

2 : _ _ : __
→

SLOW-

Æ¢3¢ jG{«

2 : 3_ : __

-AMP VOL +

→

±

l %u d« i
—U²œ« vK% …d6UM*« UP«dô«

EXIT

PRESS

ÆDTS …dHO* qK- WHO6Ë “UN'« œË e0 ô •
W>«uD<« Ë« DVD VIDEO W>«uD<« qOGA; bM% •
DTS …dHO* qK- qLF<« ¨DTS l- CD WO;u
ô Æ U%ULC« s- WO «—U*« vK% ‰uBK
w« ¨“UNHK d6UM*« à d)« fDUI- UIKD- qLFC;
VC; Ê« sJ1 YO. ¨WO dOJ «—U*« Ã dI;
Æ U % U L CK  — d {

KEY

ON •
Æ U Þ u G C w J O U M¹ b  « È b * « Ê u J ¹ Ë

uB  « q G ² A¹

OFF •
ÆUN Ð q−
Ò Ý w ²  « W  U ( « fH M Ð

uB  « q G ² A¹

UE . öq O GA ; b M % j I O uB  « j G { WH O 6 Ë q G  A ; •
w L , — w   Ëœ ÂU E M D W K H C - W > « u D < «
‰UFO dOJ jC« Æ2CH Ë« DOLBYDIGITAL 1CH
ÆÈdô« U>«uD<ö
WHO6Ë ÊuJ; U-bM%

uB  « j G { W H O 6 Ë q G  A ; ô •

DOWN MIX u0 dOC« Ã e- WHO6Ë
u¹bO8 W½«uDÝ« qOGA²
qJAÐ wDO× œbF² …UMT uBÐ WK−G DVD VIDEO
qJAÐ DOWN MIX u¹dO²G« Ãe j³{ qLŽ V−¹ ¨`O×6
Æ“UN'UÐ ’U)« uB« ÂUE½ VGŠ `O×6
fÐUI s Ãd)« …—Uý« vKŽ dŁR¹ j³C« «c¼ Ê« kŠô
©ANALOG dþUM²*«Ë DIGITAL wLTd«® AUDIO uB« Ãdš
uBÐ WK−G DVD VIDEO u¹bO8 W½«uDÝ« qOGAð bMŽ
ÆwDO× œbF² …UMT
w8 ¢Lo/Ro¢ l?{u« vKŽ WÞu³C DOWN MIX WHOþu*« •
Æ l MB * «

ÆWDOA> 3D PHONIC
LANGUAGE

“ U N ' « U  u  { ‰ U D D « r  0 ¨ w L , d  « q O u   « l - •
WH wO COMPRESSION uB« jG{ WHO6u
qL% VH0 ÆqOCH« ÷d% W*UA AUDIO uB«
Æ…dHOA« qK- s- œuM« ÁcN UuC«

AUDIO

DIGITAL AUDIO OUTPUT

DISPLAY

SYSTEM

STREAM / PCM
Lo / Ro

DOWN MIX
COMPRESSION

ON

EXIT

PRESS

KEY

Lt/Rt •
WDÝ«uÐ wDO× œbF² …UMT uBÐ ŸU²L²Ýô« bMŽ
wLTd?« Ãd)« ¨…œUŽ® “UN'« AUDIO u6 Ãdš qO6uð
ÆjO× u6 …dHOý qK× l ©DIGITAL

UÞu³C«
WOËô«

Lo/Ro •
qO6uð WDÝ«uÐ …UMT ‡ ≤ u¹dO²Ý uBÐ ŸU²L²Ýô« bMŽ
u6 r?C l “UN'« AUDIO u6 ©Ã—U® Ãdš
u6 aG½ bMŽ Ë« ¨Êu¹eHKð “UNł Ë« q³I²GØu¹dO²Ý
vKŽ jO× uBÐ WK−G DVD VIDEO u¹bO8 W½«uDÝ«
Æa« ¨XOÝUP Ë« ¨MD pG¹œ wMO W½«uDÝ«

UE .ö U-bM% DOWN MIX u0 dOC« Ã e- WHO6Ë qGA; ô •
ÆWDOA> 3D PHONIC WHO6Ë ÊuJ;
vK% DOWN MIX u0 dOC« Ã e- WHO6Ë j{ dVR0 ô •
wL,d« à d)« s- wL,d« wËœ …—U*« Ë« MPEG ÂUE>
ÆDIGITALOUT
s DOWN MIX u¹dO²G« Ãe WOUF
Ò HÐ Ÿ U ² L ² Ý ö 
W½«uDÝ« qOGAð bMŽ DIGITALOUT wLTd« Ãd)«
w³Ëœ U—u8 Ë« …œbF² …UMT MPEG ÂUEMÐ WK−G
DIGITAL AUDIO wLTd« uB« Ãdš j³{« ¨wLTd«
Æ©¥∂ W×H6 dE½«® ¢PMC ONLY¢ l{Ë vKŽ ¢OUTPUT
pMJ1 ô ¨DTS ÂUEMD WKHC- W>«uD<« qOGA; bM% •
ö s- DOWN MIX u0 dOC« Ã e- WOUÒFO vK% ‰uB(«
ÆANALOG d6UM*« Ã d)« Ë« DIGITAL wL,d« Ã d)« s-

¥∑
XV-C3SL 45-51Ara

47

02.5.23, 8:48 PM

W O Ë ô «

SCREEN SAVER W*UA« dÒOu- WHO6Ë
÷dŽ WUŠ w8 Êu¹eHK²« VT«d W½uÝ œ«œeð Ê« sJ1
“ U N' « j A
Ò M ¹ ¨ p  – l M* Æ W K ¹ u Þ W O M “ … b * W M P U Ý … — u 6
… — u6 ÷d Ž W  U Š w 8 W ý U A  « d 8
Ò u W H O þ Ë U O JO ð U  u ð Ë «
… b * ¨ W L z U T Ë « W ý U A  « ‡ v K Ž ÷ d Ž W ý Uý q ¦  ¨ W M P U Ý
ÆozUTœ µ s d¦P« WOM“
l{u?« vKŽ WÞu³C SCREEN SAVER WHOþu« •
ÆlMB*« w8 ¢MODE 2¢

U Þ u ³ C «

DISPLAY ÷dF« WH
MONITOR TYPE V,«d*« Ÿu>
UbMŽ Êu¹eHK²« l VÝUM²O VT«d*« Ÿu½ —UO²š« pMJ1
U ½ « u D Ý « q OG A ð b ¹ d ð
U½u¹eHKð vKŽ ÷dF« qł« s WK−G DVD VIDEO
ÆWC¹dŽ UýUAÐ
LB 3:4¢ l{u« vK% MONITOR TYPE V,«d*« Ÿu> j{ - •

AUDIO

LANGUAGE

DISPLAY

Æ l M B *« w O Î ô Ë √ ¢

SYSTEM

4:3 LB

MONITOR TYPE

MODE 2

SCREEN SAVER

ON

ON SCREEN GUIDE

LANGUAGE

AUDIO

MONITOR TYPE
EXIT

SCREEN SAVER
ON SCREEN GUIDE

PRESS

DISPLAY

SYSTEM

4:3 LB
MODE 2
ON

KEY
EXIT

MODE 1 •

PRESS

KEY

Æ W L ² F  W O  U ( « … — u B  « ` ³ Bð

MODE 2 •
Æ U N ð¡ U {« … b ý d O
Ò G²ðË ¢WýUA« d8
Ò u¢ …—u6 dNEð

OFF •

©LB q0u%®
4:3 LB •
Æ“UN'« l ÍœUŽ Êu¹eHKð qO6uð bMŽ
DVD W½«uDÝ« vKŽ WK−G WC¹dŽ …—u6 ÷dŽ bMŽ
ÍuKF« ¡e'« w8 jš œułË l …—uB« ÷dŽ r²¹ ¨VIDEO
ÆWýUAK wKHG«Ë

Æ W ý U A « d 8
Ò u  W H O þ Ë n T u ²ð

UE . öW*U* Ë« —uJOPË d« V,«d- W*U* W>uI< œ«œe; •
dÒOu- l{Ë ÊU «–« WuNCD l<«u« ÷dF« Êu0 eHK;
÷dFÔ;Ë OFF ·UI0« l{Ë vK% UuC- W*UA«
Æ WK 0 u  … b * WM U C  « … — u B  «

ON SCREEN GUIDE W*UA« vK% qOb«
Ë« ¢WýUA« ‡ vKŽ qOœ¢ «—Uý« ÷dŽ “UN'« lOD²G¹
Æ“UN−K Ë« W½«uDÝö Àb×¹ «–U sO
Ò ³ð ¨ … — u B  « v K Ž “ u  —

©PS q0u%®
4:3 PS •
Æ“UN'« l ÍœUŽ Êu¹eHKð qO6uð bMŽ
DVD W½«uDÝ« vKŽ WK−G WC¹dŽ …—u6 ÷dŽ bMŽ
dG¹ô« V½U'« s ¡eł lDT UOJOðUuðË« r²¹ ¨VIDEO
Æ … — uB  « s  s 1 ô « Ë
dOž s ÊuJ¹ Ê« sJ1 t½U8 ¨W½«uDÝô« vKŽ «œUL²Ž«
÷dŽ r²¹ ¨WU(« Ác¼ w8 Æl{u« «cNÐ qOGA²« sJL*«
Æ 4:3 LB l{Ë w?8 ULP …—uB«

UÞu³C«
WOËô«

ÊuJ; U-bM% W*UA« dÒOu- WHO6Ë jOAM; r0 ô •
Ë√ ¨CD WO;u W>«uD<« wi …—U<« W>«uD<ô«
ÆMP3 W>«uD<«

l{Ë vK?Ž WÞu³C ON SCREEN GUIDE WHOþu« •
ÆlMB*« w8 ¢ON¢ qOGA²«

LANGUAGE

AUDIO

DISPLAY

SYSTEM

4:3 LB

MONITOR TYPE

MODE 2

SCREEN SAVER

ON

ON SCREEN GUIDE

EXIT

PRESS

KEY

©WC0 d% Êu0 eHK; W*U*® 16:9 WIDE •
Æ“UN'« l WC¹dŽ ‡ WýUý Êu¹eHKð qO6uð bMŽ

ON •
ÆWýUA« vKŽ qOb« ÷dŽ r²¹
OFF •
Æ W ý UA  « v K Ž q O  b  « ÷ d Ž r ² ¹ s 
ULP “ud« Ë« ¢WýUA« ‡ vKŽ qOb«¢ «—Uý« vKŽ WK¦«
¨
¨
∫©±¥ W×H6 dE½«® wK¹

¥∏
XV-C3SL 45-51Ara

48

02.5.23, 8:48 PM

W O Ë ô «

U Þ u ³ C «

SYSTEM ÂUEM« WH
W O Ð d F «

W?D?<«uD q?O?G?A?« s?- b?(«
‰UHô«
WOLTd« u¹bOH« U?½«uDÝ« qOGAð s WHOþu« Ác¼ b%
©W6Uš b¼U?AË® nMŽ b¼UA vKŽ Èu²% w²« DVD VIDEO
«–« ¨ö¦ ÆqLF²G*« h?A« q³T s ◊u³C*« Èu²G*« VGŠ
¨q¼ ô« qHT …eO rŽb¹Ë nM?Ž b¼UA vKŽ Íu²×¹ rKH« ÊUP
sJ1 t½U8 ¨pUHÞ« U?¼b¼UA¹ Ê« b¹dð ô w²« b¼UA*« q¦
ÆÈdš« b¼UA0 nMF« b?¼UA q¹b³ð Ë« nMF« b¼UA lDT

AUTO STANDBY UOzUIK; qOGAK œ«bF<ô« l{Ë
W I O T œ ≥ ∞ s  d ¦ P « … b* · U I ¹ ô « l { Ë w 8 “ U N' « Ê u J ¹ U  b M Ž
qOGA²K œ«bF²Ýô« l{Ë “UN'« qšb¹ ¨WIOTœ ∂∞ Ë«
Æ U O JO ð U  u ð Ë «
AUTO UÎOzUIK; qOGAK œ«bF<ô l{Ë j{ - •
ÆlMB*« wO ÎôË√ ¢OFF¢ ·UI0ù« l{Ë vK% STANDBY
AUDIO

LANGUAGE

…dLK qiô« qH, WHO6Ë jC
[PARENTAL LOCK] vËô«

DISPLAY

SYSTEM

AUTO STANDBY

OFF

RESUME

OFF
DVD 1

AV COMPULINK MODE

EXIT

PRESS

KEY

60 •
TV

DVD

STANDBY/ON
TV
DVD

OPEN/
CLOSE
TV1

TV2

1

TV3

2

TV4

3

TV5

5

6

TV8

TV9

7

8

9

TV

TV0

MUTING

10

TO

30 •

TV6

4
TV7

ME

∂
∑ ¨µ ¨≥ ¨±
¥ ¨≤

+10

0

TV/VIDEO
CANCEL

RETURN

P

Æ W I O T œ ∂ ∞ v K Ž ◊ u ³C  X T u  «

NU CH

ME
NU

+

VOL-

VOL+

ENTER
CH

CH

OI

CE
PREVIOUS

CLEAR

±

P
DIS
NEXT
SELECT

SLOW-

PLAY
MODE

SUB TITLE

DIGEST

ANGLE

3D
PHONIC

LA

Y

STROBE

Æ W I O T œ ≥ ∞ v K Ž ◊ u ³C  X T u  «

OFF •
Æ·UI¹« l{Ë v?KŽ WÞu³C UOzUIKð qOGA²?K œ«bF²Ýô« WHOþË

RESUME qOGA« ·UMk<«
qOGAð l{Ë vKŽ qOGA²« ·UM¾²Ý« WHOþË —UO²š« pMJ1
Æ ≤ ¥ W × H6 d E ½« Æ ·U I¹« Ë«

SLOW+
THEATER
AUDIO POSITION

ZOOM

ÆlMB?*« w8 ¢OFF ¢ ·UI¹ù« l{Ë vK?Ž WÞu³C RESUME WH?Oþu« •

-AMP VOL +

RM-SXV005U

LANGUAGE

REMOTE CONTROL

AUDIO

DISPLAY
OFF

RESUME

OFF
DVD 1

AV COMPULINK MODE

WK?šb W½«uDÝ« œułË ÂbŽ Ë« DVD VIDEO W½«uD?Ý« nTuð ¡UMŁ« 7

SYSTEM

AUTO STANDBY

EXIT

UÞu³C«
WOËô«

¡UMŁ« ENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{«
7 —e« vKŽ jGC« WFÐU²Ë jGC«
ÆbFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË vKŽ œułu*«

±

ON •

OFF •

rNG« dýR¹

bK³« …d?HOý vKŽ
rNG« dOýQð ¡UMŁ«
d?ýR*« —«—“« qLF²Ý« ¨[Country Code]
ÆbK³« …dHOý —UO²šô 2/3

≤

ŸUL<ô« ¡UMV√ qOGA« ·UMk<« WHO6Ë qLF; ô •
ÆMP3 Ë√ Audio CD WO;u W>«uD<ô

AV COMPULINK MODE l{Ë
j³{ pOKŽ V−¹ ¨AV COMPULINK ÂUE½ ‰ULF²Ý« WUŠ w8
Æ W × O × 6 … — u B Ð b M³  « « c ¼
VGŠ ¢DVD3¢ Ë ¢DVD2¢ Ë ¢DVD1¢ ∫ «—UO²š« ≥ 5Ð s d²š«
ÆtKO6u𠜫d*« “UN'«
Ƶ≤ W×H6 dE½«

PARENTAL LOCK
AE

—

Set Level

----

PASSWORD

EXIT

PRESS

KEY

l{Ë ¡UMŁ« Ë« ·UI¹ô« ¡UMŁ« 3 qOGA²« —“ jG{ WUŠ w8
ÆW½«uDÝô« W¹«bÐ s qOGA²« √b³¹ ¨qOGA²K œ«bF²Ýô

W E .ö -

vKŽ WI³D*« dO¹UF*« «– bK³« …dHOý —UO²š« V−¹
ÆDVD VIDEO u¹bOH« W½«uDÝ« nOMBð
WHOþu WIDM*«ØbK³« …dHOý ‰Ëbł ∫B o×K¢ dE½«
©Æµ∏ W×H?6 dE?½«® Æ¢q¼ô« q?HT

Country Code

KEY

¡ U MŁ « Ë « · U I ¹ ô « ¡U M Ł « 3 q O G A ²  « — “ j G { W  U Š w 8
WDI½ s qOGA²« √b³¹ ¨qOGA²K œ«bF²Ýô l{Ë
Æ…dP«c« w8 WþuH× X½UP «–« qOGA²« ·UM¾²Ý«

q¼ô« qHT WHOþu WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« WýUý dNEð
Æ Ê u ¹ e H K ² « W ý U ý v K Ž
Æ[Country Code] bK³« …dHOý vKŽ

PRESS

ENTER
LANGUAGE

AUDIO

Æ[Set Level] j³C« Èu²G v«

rNG« „dײ¹

OFF

≥

49

DVD 1

EXIT

PRESS

KEY

¥π
XV-C3SL 45-51Ara

SYSTEM
OFF

RESUME
AV COMPULINK MODE

ÆENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{«

DISPLAY

AUTO STANDBY

02.5.23, 8:48 PM

W O Ë ô «

UuC« dOOG
[PARENTAL LOCK]
ÆbFÐ ULO8 q¼ô« qHT
TV

U Þu ³ { d O O G ð p M J 1

Èu²G vKŽ
rNG« dOýQð ¡UMŁ«
—«—“« qLF²Ý« ¨[Set Level] j³C«
qHT Èu²G —UO²šô 2/3 dýR*«
Æq¼ô«
AE

Country Coce

1

Set Level
TV1

±-µ\ ±-≤

TV2

TV3

2

3

TV5

TV6

4

5

6

TV7

TV8

7

8

TV

TV0

10

0

TV9

9

TO

ME

EXIT

MUTING

¨ ≤-≥ ¨ ≤-≤ ¨ ±
≤-µ ¨ ≤-¥
±-¥\ ±-≥

+10
TV/VIDEO
CANCEL

RETURN

P

NU CH

ME
NU

+

VOL-

VOL+

ENTER

CH

CH

OI

CE PREVIOUS

CLEAR

±

P
DIS
NEXT
SELECT

SLOW-

PLAY
MODE

SUB TITLE

DIGEST

ANGLE

3D
PHONIC

----

PASSWORD

1
TV4

¥

PARENTAL LOCK

DVD

STANDBY/ON
TV
DVD

OPEN/
CLOSE

U Þ u ³ C «

LA

Y

STROBE

PRESS

KEY

ENTER

dO
Ò G²¹ ¨2/3 dýR*« —«—“« UNÐ jGCð …d qP w8
∫wK¹ ULP q¼ô« qHT WHOþË Èu²G

SLOW+

1
.
.
.
8

THEATER
AUDIO POSITION

ZOOM

-AMP VOL +

RM-SXV005U
REMOTE CONTROL

W½«uDÝ« œułË ÂbŽ Ë« DVD VIDEO W½«uDÝ« nTuð ¡UMŁ« 7
WK šb 

–
U×O?LKð

¡UMŁ« ENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{«
œułu*« 7 —e« vKŽ jGC« WFÐU²
ÆbFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË vKŽ

±

q¼ô« qHT WHOþu WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« WýUý dNEð
Æ Ê u ¹ e H K ² « W ý U ý v K Ž
WL K P v «
rNG« dýR¹
Æ[PASSWORD] dG«

ô wMF¹ ¢–¢ Èu²G*« ÆÈu²G bý« u¼ ¢1¢ Èu²G*« •
s vKŽUÐ WHMB*« U½«uDÝô« bOOIð r²¹ ÆbOOIð błu¹
Æ t ð d ² š « Íc  « Èu ² G * «

ÆENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{«
Æ[PASSWORD] dG« WLKP v«

PARENTAL LOCK

—«—“« ‰ULF²ÝUÐ W¹dÝ ÂUT—« ‡ ¥ qšœ«
Æ(0 – 9) ÂUT—ô«

AE

Country Code

8

Set Level

----

PASSWORD

µ

rN G « „ d × ² ¹

∂

EXIT

PARENTAL LOCK

CURRENT PASSWORD? ··· PRESS 0~9 KEY
Set Level
PASSWORD

WOU(« W¹dG« ÂUT—« ‡ ¥ ‡« qšœ«
bFÐË (0 – 9) ÂUT—ô« —«—“« ‰ULF²ÝUÐ
ÆENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{« p–

≤

Æ[Set Level] j³C« Èu²G v«
r NG  « „ d × ² ¹
Èu²G —UO²š« V−¹ ¨bK³« …dHOý dOOGð bMŽ
Æq¼ô« qHT

8

----

EXIT

NEW PASSWORD? ··· PRESS 0~9 KEY.

ÆENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{«

«–« [Country Code] bK³« …dHOý v«
rNG« „dײ¹
Æ W × O × B  « d G  « W LK P X K š œ «
dNEð ¨W¾ÞUš …—uBÐ W¹dG« ÂUT—ô« XKšœ« «–«
‰ËU?Š ¨°TÞU)« ‰Ušœ«ò ¢WRONG! RETRY ... ¢ …—U³Ž
pMJ1 ôË ¨Êu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ åÆÆÆWO½UŁ …d
Æ W O  U ² « … u D ) « v  « » U ¼ c  «

—«—“« qLF²Ý« ¨bK³« …dHOý dOOG²
bK³« …dHOý —UO²šô 2/3dýR*«
ÆENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{« rŁ WÐuKD*«

AE

UÞu³C«
WOËô«

Country Code

q

rTd« l q¼ô« WHOþË qHT Èu²G j³{ r²¹ Êô«
Æ Í Ò d G «
Æ[EXIT] ÃËd)« v«
rN G « „ d × ² ¹
÷dŽ v« lłd¹ WO½UŁ …d ENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{
Æ W ¹ « b ³ «

≥

U×O?LKð
… u D ) « w 8 W Ð u K D * « W LK J  « d O ž W ¹ d Ý W L K P ‰ U š œ « - « – « •
q³T dG« WLKP ‰Ušœ« bŽ« ¨vKŽô« w8 …—uPc*« ∂
ÆENTER ‰uŠb« —“ jG{

µ∞
XV-C3SL 45-51Ara

50

02.5.23, 8:49 PM

W O Ë ô «

W O Ð d F «

U Þ u ³ C «

…—uBD qiô« qH, WHO6Ë d0 d
[PARENTAL LOCK] W,R¨WKUP …—uBÐ q¼ô« qHT WHOþË Èu²G j³{ WUŠ w8
Æ‚öÞô« vKŽ U½«uDÝô« iFÐ qG²Að ô Ê« sJ1 t½U8
dNEð ¨UNKOGAð ‰ËU%Ë U½«uDÝô« Ác¼ q¦ qšbð UbMŽ
WýUý vKŽ q¼ô« qHT WHOþu WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« WýUý
p8 b¹dð XMP «–« ULO8 “UN'« pQG¹ ·uÝË ¨Êu¹eHK²«
Æ b ¹ d ð ô Ë « W ²T R  … — u B Ð q ¼ ô « q H T W H Oþ Ë

TV

TV1

TV2

2

3

TV5

TV6

4

5

6

TV7

TV8

7

8
TV0

10

0

TV9

TO

ME

≤
≤-±
±-±

9
MUTING

+10
TV/VIDEO
CANCEL

RETURN

P

NU CH

ME
NU

+

VOL-

VOL+

ENTER

CH

CH

OI

CE PREVIOUS

CLEAR

P
DIS
NEXT
SELECT

LA

Y

STROBE

SLOW-

SLOW+

PLAY
MODE

SUB TITLE

DIGEST

ANGLE

THEATER
AUDIO POSITION

3D
PHONIC

rN G « „ d × ² ¹

—«—“« ‰ULF²ÝUÐ dG« WLKP qšœ«
‰ušb« —“ jG{« rŁ (0 – 9) ÂUT—ô«
ÆENTER

µ

Æ[EXIT] ÃËd)« v«
rN G « „ d × ² ¹
w8 …—uPc*« …uD)« w8 UNUšœ« - w²« dG« WLKP
d O O G ð r ² ¹ r  « – « Æ … b¹ b' « d G  « W L K P ` ³ B ð v K Ž ô «
w8 —uPc u¼ ULP dG« WLKP fH½ qšœ« ¨dG« WLKP
Æ ≤ … uD ) «
Ë«ØË WIDM*«ØbK³« …dHOý dOOG𠜗« «–« v²Š
d G « W L K P q š b ð Ê « v G M ð ô ¨ j I 8 q ¼ ô « q H T È u ² G 
qHT Èu²G Ë«ØË WIDM*«ØbK³« …dHOý dOOGð bFÐ
Ë«ØË bK³« …dHOý j³{ `³B¹ s ¨pc U8öš Æq¼ô«
ƉUF8 b¹b'« q¼ô« qHT Èu²G
÷dŽ v« lłd¹ WO½UŁ …d ENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{
Æ W ¹ « b ³ «

TV3

1
TV4

TV

Æ[PASSWORD] dG« WLKP v«

¥

DVD

STANDBY/ON
TV
DVD

OPEN/
CLOSE

qLF²Ý« ¨j³C« Èu²G dOOG²
Èu²G*« —UO²šô 2/3 dýR*« —«—“«
vK Ž
rNG« dOýQð ¡UMŁ« »uKD*«
jG{« rŁ ¨[Set Level] j³C« Èu²G
ÆENTER ‰ušb« —“

ZOOM

-AMP VOL +

RM-SXV005U
REMOTE CONTROL

UE .ö -

p¹dײ 5/∞ dýR*« —«—“« qLF²Ý«
bFÐË ¨ [YES] årF½ò vKŽ
rNG«
ÆENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{« p–

±

s - d s « W k  U  … — uB D Í d C  « r , d  « ‰ U  œ « W  U . w O •
„d0 ¨vK%ô« wO …—u c*« ≤ …uD)« wO «d- ÀöV
ôË UOJO;U-u;Ë« [EXIT] ÃË d)« l{Ë v«
r NC  «
Æ5/∞ d*R*« —«— “« qGA;
≤ … u D ) « w O Í d C « r , d  « d Ò c ; Â b % W  U . w O •

Í d G  « r T d « q I Š v «

r N G  « „ d × ²¹
ÆPASSWORD
WOMOB« ‚öž«Ø`²8 —“ jG{« ¨[NO] ô —UO²š« bMŽ
ÆW½«uDÝô« ëdšô OPEN/CLOSE

Æ¢8888¢ r,d« jG{«

UÞu³C«
WOËô«

PARENTAL LOCK
This DISC can’t play now!
Temporary
YES
Level Change ?
NO
––––

PASSWORD

PRESS ENTER

EXECUTE

‰ULF²ÝUÐ W¹dG« ÂUT—« ‡ ¥ ‡« qšœ«
Æ(0 – 9) ÂUT—ô« —«—“«

≤

d N E ð ¨ W ¾ Þ U š … — u B Ð W ¹ d G  «  UT — ô « X K š œ « « – «
‰ËU?Š ¨°TÞU)« ‰Ušœ«ò ¢WRONG! RETRY ... ¢ …—U³Ž
pMJ1 ôË ¨Êu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ åÆÆÆWO½UŁ …d
Æ W O U ² « … u D ) « v  « » U ¼ c  «
ÆW×O×B« dG« WLKP qšœ«
ÆqOGA²« “UN'« √b³¹Ë ¨q¼ô« qHT WHOþË d¹d% r²¹

UE . ös- ds « WkU …—uBD ÍdC« r,d« ‰Uœ« WU. wO •
„d0 ¨vK%ô« wO …—u c*« ≤ …uD)« wO «d- ÀöV
qGA; ôË UOJO;U-u;Ë« [NO] ô l{Ë v«
r N C «
Æ5/∞ d*R*« —«— “«

µ±
XV-C3SL 45-51Ara

51

02.5.23, 8:49 PM

‫اﳌﻌاﻠﻮﳌﻣﺎﻌتﻠ اﻻﻮﺿﺎﻣﻓﺎﻴﺔت اﻻﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬
AV COMPU LINK 5uB-«Ë …—uB-« …eNU bF s rJL#-« ÂUE8
ÆWD?OÐ WOKLFÐ uB.« Ë« …—uB.U?Ð ŸU²L²Ýô« s JVC s AV COMPU LINK bFÐ sŽ rJ×?².« ÂUE½ pMJÒ1
u¹bO@ q− Ë CD W− b*« W½«uD?Ýô« qGÒA Ë DVD qGÒA q¦ ® uB.«Øu¹b?OH.« qGÒA ÊU; «–«
JVC s AV COMPU LINK ÂUE½ l qG²Að q³?I²*«Ø uB.« rDC ËØË« Êu¹eH?K².«Ë ©VCR XOÝU;
q; ¡«dł« r²¹ ¨qGÒA*« qOGA?ð bMŽ t½U@ ¨JVC s AV COMPU LINK ÂUE½ © ö³;® q?³; l W.u u Ë
ÆUOJO?ðU uðË« qOGA².UÐ ŸU²L²Ýö. q³?I²*«Ø uB.« rDC Ë«ØË Êu¹eHK²K?. W¹—ËdC.« UÞu³C.«
q³I² Ë Êu¹eHKð l DVD U½«uDÝ« qG
Ò A q O u ð bM Ž •
AV COMPU ÂUE½ j³{« ¨AV COMPU LINK ÂUE½ WDÝ«uÐ
ÆDVD1 vKŽ DVD U½«uDÝ« qG
Ò A* LINK

°ÂU 
d  ¬ “ UN  Ë “UN ' « « c  5  u  b O  W KO  u c O H M b M  •
à d fUI d% ©Êu eHK Ë√ w u q%I#" q ®
ubOH-« 5«—U3≈ à d f%I Ë√ VÒ/d*« ubOH-«
W K u - « v - « W  U {≈ ¨ 5 U 8 u J * « Ã d  f % I  Ë √ q B H M * «
5ULOKF#-« qO-œ WF«d wd ¨AV COMPU LINK
ÆUC√ dü« “UN'« l od*«

œ«bô«Ë qOu#-«
ÂUE?½ qO uð ·«dÞ« q Ë« ¨AV COMPU LINK q³; ‰ULF?²Ý« WDÝ«uÐ
ÆiF³?.« UNCFÐ l W½uJ qJ. AV COMPU LINK bF?Ð sŽ rJײ.«
W×H vKŽ W@u u AV COMPU LINK WKO u².« W¾ONð •
lł«— ÆWKCH*« U¾?ON².« j³{ WýUý w@ Èdš_« œuM³.«
ÆqOGA².« W@dF* ¥π W×H
‰U³I?²Ýô« “UNłË Êu¹eHK².« 5Ð qO u²?.« U uKF qł√ s •
ƉU³I²?Ýô« “UNł l WI@d*« qOGA².« ULO?KFð lł«— ¨wðuB.«
AV COMPU LINK qO

u ð · dÞ v . «
©III Ë√ EX Ë« II ®

q O u # - « ‰ u E 5 U E E ö 
q%I#" l DVD 5U8«uDJ« qÒGA qOu W-UE w •
vK Íu#L ÂUEM AV COMPU LINK ÂUE8 WDJ«u
ô Ê« sJ1 t8U ¨wLOd-« w%-Ëœ ÂUE8 …dHO3 qKL
ÆUOJO Uu Ë« nzUUu-« iF qG#A
qÒGA* AUDIO OUT 5uB-« à d fUI qË« •
q%I#"* 5uB-« qœ fUI l DVD 5U8«uDJ«
qG#A ô ¨p-– ·öY Æ¢DVD¢ …—U3ô« tOK œuu
Æ WL O L  … — uB  Â U E M - «
l  5 ö O  u# - « ‰ u E q Ò B H  Õ d 3 b  u ô Ê « s J 1 •
qOGA 5ULOKF VÒO#/ w DVD 5U8«uDJ« qG
Ò A
¨p-– lË ÆVCR ubO XOJU/ q^" Ë« Êu eHK
VCR ubO XOJU/ q^" Ë« Êu eHK qOu sJ1
ÂUE8 qOu ·d` vK Íu#L
¢III¢ Ë√ ¢EX ¢ Ë« ¢II¢ WöF-U d3R AV COMPU LINK
ÆDVD 5U8«uDJ« qG
Ò A l

Êu¹eHKð
“UN'««c¼

Êu¹eHKð l DVD U½«uDÝ« qG
Ò A q O uð W . U Š w @ •
AV ÂUE?½ j³{« ¨AV COMPU LINK ÂUE½ q³; WDÝ«uÐ
ÆwK¹ UL; DVD U½«uDÝô« qG
Ò A* COMPU LINK
DVD2 ∫Êu¹eHK²K. VIDEO-1 qšœ ·dDÐ qO u².« bMŽ •
u ² .« b M Ž •

DVD3 ∫Êu¹eHK²K. VIDEO-2 qšœ ·dDÐ qO
AV COMPU LINK qO

u ð ·d Þ v . «
©III Ë√ EX Ë« II®
qO u ð ·d Þ v . «
AV COMPU LINK

Ê u ¹e HK ð
U½«uDÝ« qG
Ò A
DVD

qOGA#-«

ÆÊu¹eH?K²K. WOO?zd.« WOzUÐdNJ.« W?cUD.« q Ë«
Æ—b?B*« X½U½u³L; qš«œ W½«uDÝô« qšœ«
Æ—bB*« X½U½u³LJ. 3 —“ jG{«

±
≤
≥

∫ U OJ Oð U u ð Ë « W O . U ² . « U O K L F . « W ¹ œ Q ð r ² ¹
ÆÊu¹eHK²K. WOzUÐdNJ.« WcUD.« qO uð •
Æ©VIDEO-2 Ë« VIDEO-1® wł—U?š qšœ l{Ë vKŽ Êu¹e?HK².« —bB? j³{ •
Æ q ³ I ²  L K . W O z U Ð d N J .« W c U D . « q O u ð •
ÆqOGA².« √bÐ Íc.« X½U½u³LJ.« vKŽ q³I²*« —bB j³{ •

©u¹bO@ XOÝU; q− ® VCR
q− Ë Êu¹eHKð l DVD U½«uDÝ« qG
Ò A qO uð bMŽ •
j³{« ¨AV COMPU LINK ÂUE½ WDÝ«uÐ VCR u¹bO@ XOÝU;
VCR u¹bOH.« XOÝU; q−* bFÐ sŽ rJײ.« …bŠË …dHOý
ÆwK¹ UL; DVD U½«uDÝ« qG
Ò A* AV COMPU LINK ÂUE½Ë
∫Êu¹eHK²K. VIDEO-1 qšœ ·dDÐ qO u².« bMŽ •
DVD2 ∫DVD

U½«uDÝ« qGÒA?* AV COMPU LINK ÂUE½ j³{

B :VCR u¹b?OH.« XOÝU; q−* bFÐ sŽ rJ?ײ.« …bŠË …dHOý

‫ا ﳌ ﻌﻠ ﻮ ﻣ ﺎ ت‬
‫ا ﻻ ﺿﺎ ﻓ ﻴ ﺔ‬

X½U?½u³L; l{Ë jI@ WDÝ«u?Ð uB.« Ë«ØË —uB.UÐ ŸU²L?²Ýô« pMJ1
qGÒA q¦
u?B.« —bB¹ Ë«ØË —uB.« ÷dF?¹ Íc.«® —bB*«
ÆqO?GA².« l{Ë vKŽ ©VCR u¹bO@ XOÝU?; q− Ë« DVD U½«uDÝ«
‰ULF?²Ý« WDÝ«uÐ q³I²?*« Ë« Êu¹eHK².« qOGA²?. WłUŠ błu¹ ô
ÆWKB?HM …—uBÐ …eNłô« ÁcN. WO?zUÐdNJ.« WcUD.« qO u?ð `OðUH

∫Êu¹eHK²K. VIDEO-2 qšœ ·dDÐ qO u².« bMŽ •
DVD3 ∫DVD

U½«uDÝ« qGÒA?* AV COMPU LINK ÂUE½ j³{

A :VCR u¹b?OH.« XOÝU; q−* bFÐ sŽ rJ?ײ.« …bŠË …dHOý
AV COMPU LINKqO

u ð · dÞ v . «
©III Ë√ EX Ë« II ®
qO u ð ·d Þ v . «
AV COMPU LINK

Êu¹eHKð
w ðu

‰U³I²Ý« “UNł
DVD

U½«uDÝ« qG
Ò A

µ≤
XV-C3SL 52-58Ara

52

02.5.23, 8:48 PM

‫ا ﳌ ﻌ ﻠ ﻮ ﻣ ﺎ ت ا ﻻ ﺿ ﺎ ﻓﻴ ﺔ‬

5U8«uDJô« l qUF#-«Ë WUMF-«
W O Ð d F .«

5U8«uDJô« l qUF#-« WOHO/
ŒUð« W.UŠ w@ ÆU¼—dCð qN¹Ë ¨WOJO²ÝöÐ œ«u s WŽuMB
U½«uDÝô« ÆW½«uDÝô« `DÝ fLKð ô ¨W½«uDÝô« p bMŽ
¨W×O× …—uBÐ «u ô«Ë —uB.« ◊UI².« r²¹ ô Ê« sJ1 t½U@ ¨U¼¡«u².« Ë« UNýbš W.UŠ w@ Ë« UNOKŽ —U³ž œułË Ë« W½«uDÝô«
Æ U ½ « u D Ýô « q G
Ò A W¹œQ²Ð hI½ Ë« qDŽË —d{ ‰uBŠ U½«uDÝô« Ác¼ q¦ V³ð Ê« sJ1Ë

oBK*« V8U
ÆV½U'« «c¼ vKŽ WI ô œ«u W¹« qLF²ð ôË ‚«—Ë« W¹« tOKŽ oBKð ôË oBK*« WOKŽ œułu*« W½«uDÝô« V½Uł —dCð ô

Ê e) «
Ê« sJ1 t½U@ ¨WOc«u.« UN³KŽ ÊËbÐ Èdšô« ‚u@ …bŠ«Ë U½«uDÝô« l{Ë W.UŠ w@ ÆUN³KŽ w@ U½«uDÝô« Êeš s ULz«œ b;Qð
Ë« …—«dŠ vKŽ Íu²% s;U « w@ Ë« …dýU³*« fLA.« WFýô ÷ÒdF ÊUJ w@ U½«uDÝô« lCð ô Æ U½«uDÝô« ÁcN. —d{ qB×¹
° pð—UOÝ qš«œ U½«uDÝô« l{Ë VM
Ò & Æ W O . U Ž W Ð uÞ —

5U8«uDJô« W8UO

‫ا ﳌ ﻌﻠ ﻮ ﻣ ﺎ ت‬
‫ا ﻻ ﺿﺎ ﻓ ﻴ ﺔ‬

WHOE½ ‘ULc WFDc WDÝ«uР×U)« v.« U¼e;d s W½«uDÝô« ` « ¨W½«uDÝô« vKŽ WIB²K ŒUÝË« Ë« ULBÐ œułË W.UŠ w@
UHEM UIKD qLF²ð ô Æ¡U*UÐ öOKc WKK³ ‘ULc WFDIÐ W½«uDÝô« ` « ¨W½«uDÝô« nOEMð WÐuF W.UŠ w@ ÆW@UłË
ÆW½«uDÝô« vKŽ …dI²*« U¾¹e'« ‡ b{ UHEM W¹« Ë« ‰u×J.« Ë« ‰Ëd²³.« Ë« U½«uDÝô«

d c %
V³Ð ÊUOŠô« iFÐ w@ p.– q¦ Àb×¹ ÆqOGA².« ¡UMŁ« uB.« Ë« …—uBK. ÁuAð ÊUOŠô« iFÐ w@ qB×¹ Ê« sJ1
©Æ“UN−K. WOŽUMB.« dO¹UF*« p.– V³Ý ÊuJ¹ ô Ê« sJ1® ÆW½«uDÝô«
Æ“UN'UÐ qDŽ œułË V³Ð fO.Ë U½«uDÝô« fH½ u¼ ÷«dŽô« Ác¼ V³Ý

µ≥
XV-C3SL 52-58Ara

53

02.5.23, 8:48 PM

‫اﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻻﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬

‰UDô« s YL%-« qO-œ
Æ`OKB².« W bš VKÞ q³c w.U².« ‰Ëb'« ‰ULF²Ý« vłd¹ ÆwIOIŠ qDŽ ULz«œ fO. qDŽ t½« dNE¹ U ÊuJ¹ Ê« sJ1

ÃöF.«

s J L* « V ³ . «

÷« d Žô «

… — u BÐ f Ð U I . « q Ë «

q š b d O ž W O z UÐ d N J . « W c U D . « f Ð U c
ÆW×O× …—uBÐ

Æ W O z U Ð d N J .« W c U D .« q O u ð r ² ¹ ô

Æ“UN'« v.« d¦;« rJײ.« …bŠË »Òdc

Æ“UN'« sŽ …bOFÐ W@U*«

”UŠ ÁU?&UÐ ¡«dL(« X% WFýô« …c@U½ tł
Ò Ë
ÆW?O U ô« WŠuK.« vKŽ œułu*« rJײ.«

ÁU&ôUÐ tł
Ò u d Ož r J × ² . « … b Š Ë ” « —
Æ ` O× B . «

ÆW ×O ×

Æ …b ¹ b ł

U¹—UD?³Ð WJKN²*«

Æ`O×?B.« ÁU&ôUÐ UNK?šœ« p.– bFÐË

U ¹ —U D ³ . « ‰ Ò b Ð
U¹—UD?³.« Ãdš«

TV - DVD ÕU²H*« j³{« ¨…bŠu.UÐ rJײK.
j³{« ¨Êu¹eHK².UÐ rJײK.Ë Æ“DVD” vKŽ

Æ W J K N ²
Æ`O×

d Ož

ÆbFÐ sŽ rJײ.« …bŠË qG²Að ô

U ¹ — U D ³ .«

U¹ — U D ³ . « » U D c « o @ « u ð

…—uBÐ ◊u³C dOž TV - DVD ÕU²H*«
ÆW ×O ×

¨TV/VIDEO - CANCEL `OðUH*«
ô ÂUc—_« —«—“√ Ë√ «dýR*«
Æ qLF ð

Æ“TV” vKŽ TV - DVD ÕU²H*«
Æ` O ×

Æ` O ×

q J A Ð … — u B . « q ³; q Ë «
ÆW×O×

… — u BÐ d ² š «

Æ` O ×

dOž WKLF²*« ©fÐUI*«® f³I*«
Æ W D O A½

d E ½ « ® Æ fÐ U I * « j A
Ò ½

…—Uý« ‰UÝ—« r²¹ YO×Ð “UN'« q Ë«
Æ … d ý U ³ Ê u ¹ e H K ². « v . « … — u B . «

vK Ž W{ Ëd F … —u

d O ž Ê u ¹ e H K ² . « q š œ — U O ²š «

b łu ¹ ô
ÆVc«d*«

Æ q OG A ² K . W K Ð U c d O ž W ½ « u D Ý ô «

d E ½ « ® Æ q O G A² K . W K Ð U c W ½ uD Ý« q L F ² Ý«
© Æ ±µ W× H

©Æ±∑ Ë ±∂ W×H

dOž …—uB.« q³; qO uð

Ë√ Vc«d*« v?KŽ W{ËdF …—u? błuð ô
¡Uc—“ Vc«d*« WýUý `?³Bð
Ãdš ©fÐU?I ® f³I ‰ULF?²Ý« bMŽ
ÆS - VIDEO Ë« COMPONENT X½U½u³?LJ.«

XOÝU; q− l ‰u u “UN'«
W¹ULŠ WHOþËË …dýU³ VCR u¹bOH.«
Æ W D OA ½ a  M . «
Æ` O ×

Æ ö O u² . « h × @ «

Æ … — u B . « w @ Z O− {

d O ž q O u ² .«
Æ uB.« s¹uJð …œUŽ« r²¹ ô

qJAÐ d²š«

Æ`O?×

dO ž

u B. « r D C q š œ — U O ²š «

bMŽ AUDIO OUT uB.« Ãdš qLF²Ý«
Æ U ½ « u D Ý ô « Á c ¼ q¦ q O G A ð

Ãd)« s
uB . « … — U ý « Ã d D ð ô
Æ“UN−K. DIGITAL OUT wLcd.«

bMŽ uB.« s?¹uJð …œUŽ« r²¹ ô
uBÐ WK−? DVD W½«uDÝ« qOGAð
ÆeðdO¼ uK?O; π∂ œœd²Ð ¨wD)« PCM

ÆW½«uDÝô« `DÝ ` «

Æ W D ² W ½ « uD Ýô «

Æ u B . U Ð Z O − { Ë « Á u A ð „ U M¼

q JA Ð V c « d * « Ÿ u ½ d ² š «
© Æ ¥∑ W× H

◊u³C MONITOR TYPE Vc«d*« Ÿu½
Æ`O× dOž qJAÐ

WýUý ”UOc VÝUMð ô …—uB.«
Æ Ê u ¹ e H K ². «

d E ½«® Æ ` O ×

Æ ` O×

q J A Ð Ê u ¹ e H K ² .« j ³ { «

Æ `O ×

‫ا ﳌ ﻌﻠ ﻮ ﻣ ﺎ ت‬
‫ا ﻻ ﺿﺎ ﻓ ﻴ ﺔ‬

Æ ` O×

dOž qJAÐ ◊u³C Êu¹eHK².«

WcUD.« pKÝ Ÿe½«Ë WOzUÐdNJ.« WcUD.« qB@«
W c U D . « p K Ý q Ë « p .– bF Ð r Ł ¨ W O z U Ð d N J .«
Æ Èd š « … d W O z U Ð d N J . «

‚d³.« V³Ð dðuO³L;ËdJO*UÐ ‰UDŽ«
Æ W M ; U  . « ¡ U Ð d NJ . « Ë «

bFÐ UNK Ë« rŁ ¨WOzUÐdNJ.« WcUD.« qB@«
Æ b F Ð U L O @ U Ž UÝ … b Ž

d OO G ð V ³  Ð W Ð u Þ d K . n Ł U J ð À b × ¹
Ë« …—«d(« Uł—œ w@ ¡vłUH
Æ W Ð u Þ d .«

Æ s J 2 d O ž q O G A ². «

µ¥
XV-C3SL 52-58Ara

54

02.5.23, 8:48 PM

‫ا ﳌ ﻌ ﻠ ﻮ ﻣ ﺎ ت ا ﻻ ﺿ ﺎ ﻓﻴ ﺔ‬

MP3 ŸuM-« s W8«uDJô« v-« ŸUL#JöW O Ð d F .«

ÃöF.«

q L ²; « V ³ . «

ÆUNO.« ŸUL²Ýô« sJ1 ô

‰ULF²ÝUÐ WK− MP3 W½«uDÝô«
Æ © W ¹ b OK I ð d O ž ® Â e ( « W Ð U ²; W I ¹ d Þ

ÆUNO.« ŸUL²Ýô« sJ1 ô

ÆW½uLC MP3 dOž

÷ d F. «
Æ u

UHK?*« v.« ŸUL²Ýô« sJ1 ô
Æ…œb;« © «—U*«®

UHK*«

UHK*« v?.« ŸUL²ÝôUÐ ÂUEM.« «c¼ ÂuI¹
sJ1 «c. ÆÍeOK$ô« Íb−Ð_« VOðd².UÐ
ÆdOG²¹ Ê√ ŸUL²Ýô« VOðd².

lł«— ¨…d@u²*« dOž nzUþuK. W³M.UÐ
Æ ¥∞ W× H

iFÐ qLFð ô ¨MP3 W½«uDÝö. W³M.UÐ
Æ n z U þ u. «

UHK?*« v.« ŸUL²Ýô« sJ1 ô
Æ q −  * « V O ð d ² .U Ð © « — U  * « ®

Æ W M O F * « W H O þ u . « q LF ð ô

‫ا ﳌ ﻌﻠ ﻮ ﻣ ﺎ ت‬
‫ا ﻻ ﺿﺎ ﻓ ﻴ ﺔ‬

≠

µµ
XV-C3SL 52-58Ara

55

Í √ —« b ≈ r² ¹ ô

02.5.23, 8:48 PM

‫اﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻻﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬

5UH«u*«

W UF.«
¨SVCD ¨CD u¹bO@ ¨CD (CD-DA) WOðu ¨DVD VIDEO u¹bO@ W½«uDÝ«
MP3 WGO ¨CD-R/RW (CD-DA¨SVCD ¨MP3 WGO )
—U?O²šö. qÐUc NTSC, PAL Êu.

∫…¡«dIK. WKÐUI.«

U H « u *«
U ½ « u D Ýô «

∫u¹bOH.«

È d šô «
e ð d O¼ ∂ ∞ Ø µ ∞ ¨
X.u@ ≤¥∞ ≠ ±±∞ AC œœd² —UOð
œ«bF²Ýô« l{uЮ ◊«Ë ¥ ¨©POWER ON qOGA².« l{uЮ ◊«Ë ±¥
©STANDBY qOGA²K.
r−; ≤[∞
3 ≤π∏ [∑ ™ ∂∂[µ ™ ≤≥∞

U — u@

U H « u *«

∫WOzUÐdNJ.« WcUD.« U³KD²
∫ W O z U Ð d N J . « W c U D . « „ öN ² Ý «
∫ W K ² J .«
∫ © o LŽ ™ Ÿ U H ð — « ™ ÷ d Ž ® œ U F Ð ô «

u ¹ bO H .« Ã d š
©ÂË« ∑µ® Vp-p ±[∞
:Y Ãdš
©ÂË« ∑µ® Vp-p ∞[∑
:PB/PR Ãdš
©ÂË« ∑µ® ±\∞ Vp-p
©ÂË« ∑µ® Vp-p ±[∞
:Y Ãdš
©ÂË« ∑µ® mVp-p ≤∏∂
:C Ãdš
jš µ ∞ ∞

∫©”uÐœ f³I ® COMPONENT X½U½u³L;
∫VIDEO OUT ©”uÐœ f³I ® u¹bOH.« Ãdš
∫S-VIDEO OUT ©S f³I ® Ãdš
∫ w I @ ô « q O K × ² .«

uB . « Ã d š
©ÂË« uKO; ±∞® Vrms ≤[∞
©wzUN½ ÂË« ∑µ® Vp-P ∞[µ

∫ANALOG OUT ©”uÐœ f³I ® dþUM² Ãdš
∫©COAXIAL®
∫DIGITAL OUT wLc— Ãdš

u B. «
u K O ; ≤ ∞ v .« e ð d O ¼ ≤

∫ © e ð d O¼ u K O ; ¥ ¥ [ ± œ œ d ð W MO Ž ®

CD

«e O 2

∫ œ œ d ² .« W Ð U − ² Ý «

e ðd O ¼
u K O ; ≤ ≤ v .« e ð d O ¼ ≤

∫ © e ð d O ¼ u K O ; ¥ ∏ œ œ d ð W MO Ž ®

DVD

e ðd O ¼
∫ © e ð d O ¼ u K O ; π ∂ œ œ d ð W MO Ž ®

DVD

e ðd O ¼
q ³ ¹ œ π ∏ s d ¦; « ∫ X Ð ± ∂
q ³ ¹ œ ± ∞ ∂ s d ¦; « ∫ X Ð ≤ ∞
q ³ ¹ œ ± ∞ ∂ s d ¦; « ∫ X Ð ≤ ¥
©•∞[∞∞≤ (+/- s qc«® ”UOIK. qÐUc dOž
• ∞[ ∞∞≤ s q c«

∫ w J O U M ¹ b . « Èb * «

∫ u B .« w @ q K ) « Ë Ë U H ² .«
∫ w K J . « w I @ « u ² . « g ¹ u A ² .«

Æ o ³  — U F ý « Ê Ë b Ð d O OG ²K . W { d F w ł — U ) « d N E * « Ë

‫ا ﳌ ﻌﻠ ﻮ ﻣ ﺎ ت‬
‫ا ﻻ ﺿﺎ ﻓ ﻴ ﺔ‬

u K O ; ¥ ¥ v .« e ð d O ¼ ≤

U H « u *« *

µ∂
XV-C3SL 52-58Ara

56

02.5.23, 8:48 PM

‫ا ﳌ ﻌ ﻠ ﻮ ﻣ ﺎ ت ا ﻻ ﺿ ﺎ ﻓﻴ ﺔ‬

UN «—UB#« l 5UGK-« ‰Ëb ∫A oLK
W O Ð d F .«

¨WÐuKD*« WGK.« —UO²šô Æ…dB²D …—uBÐ qHÝô« w@ WMO³*«

W ¹b ½Ë d O ;

RN

W OJOÐ u ½ «

IK

W O ½U Ë —

RO

W O  O ½ Ë b ½«

IN

W O ÝË —

RU

W ¹b ½ ö  ¹«

IS

W ¹ b ½ Ë UOM O;

RW

W¹ d ³Ž

IW

W O ² ¹d J O  M Ý

SA

W O A¹ œ U ¹

JI

W ¹b M Ý

SD

W ¹ Ë Uł

JW

WO .u G MÝ

SG

WO ł —u Oł

KA

SH

WO ½U²š«e ;

KK

W ¹e O . U G M Ý

SI

W OJ¹ b½ ö M¹ dž

KL

W O ð« Ë d ; ≠ W O Ðd

W O ; U@u K Ý

SK

W¹ œ u ³L ;

KM

W O M O @u K Ý

SL

W ¹b M ;

KN

W O ½« u U Ý

SM

(KOR) W ¹—u;

KO

U ½u ý

SN

W¹ dOL ýU ;

KS

SO

W ¹œ d ;

KU

W O½ U³. «

SQ

W O ½U ð e c d c

KY

W O Ðd

SR

WO MOð ô

LA

SS

W O . ö GM .

LN

WO. U u

WOð « u  OÝ

‫ا ﳌ ﻌﻠ ﻮ ﻣ ﺎ ت‬
‫ا ﻻ ﺿﺎ ﻓ ﻴ ﺔ‬

UGK.« ÷dŽ r²¹ ¨ uB.« Ë« wŽdH.« Ê«uMF.« WG. —UO²š« bMŽ
Æ U ¼ b ¹ d ð v ² . « W Ð u K D * « W G K . o Ð U D * « W G K . « — U B ²š « d ² š «

W O Ł u O Ý

ST

W O ÝË ô

LO

WO½ « œ u Ý

SU

WO ½«uŁuO .

LT

W¹ b¹ u Ý

SV

W O²O . ¨ W OHð ô

LV

W O KO Š « u Ý

SW

W OÝ Už ô U

MG

W OK O Uð

TA

W¹ —Ë U

MI

W O ž u KO ð

TE

WO½ Ë bI

MK

WO½U²JO łU Þ

TG

W O ô U¹ ö

ML

W ¹b ½ö ¹ U ð

TH

WO.u G M

MN

WO M¹ dG ð

TI

W O @« b . u

MO

W O ½U L ; d ð

TK

WOŁ « —U

MR

W O ž u . UG ð

TL

(MAY) W ¹eO .U

MS

WO½ « u  ²Ý

TN

WO D.U

MT

W O . U GM ð

TO

WO dÐ

MY

W O; dð

TR

W ¹ —Ë U½

NA

W O G½ u  ð

TS

WO.U ³O½

NE

W ¹ —U² ð

TT

W¹ b½ ô u ¼

NL

W¹ u ð

TW

WO− ¹ Ë d½

NO

W O½ « d; Ë «

UK

W O ½U ²  ; Ë «

OC

Ëœ— «

UR

W O Ë — Ë « © Ê« d HŽ ®

OM

W O ½ U ²  J O Г Ë «

UZ

W¹ —Ë «

OR

W O UM² O@

VI

W OÐ U− MÐ

PA

W O ; u Ðô u @

VO

W¹b ½ô uÐ

PL

W O @u . Ë

WO

u ²ýu Ð ¨ u ² ýUÐ

PS

W O Ý uš

XH

W O . U G ðd Ð

PT

W O ÐË — «

YO

W¹ —u A ² O;

QU

W¹ u .Ë “

ZU

WO M Ë — ≠ u ð « —

RM

µ∑
XV-C3SL 52-58Ara

57

02.5.23, 8:48 PM

W ¹ —U HŽ

AA

W ¹ “ U D Ы

AB

W ¹e ½U J ¹d @ «

AF

W¹ dN «

AM

WOÐ dŽ

AR

W ¹ e O U Ý«

AS

W ¹— U 1 «

AY

W O½ U− OÐ —– «

AZ

W ¹ d O J AÐ

BA

W O ÝË — öO Ð

BE

W ¹— U G K Ð

BG

W ¹ — U NÐ

BH

W O ö Ð

BI

ö GM Ð ¨ W O . U G M Ð

BN

W O²³ð

BO

W O ½u ² ¹d Ð

BR

W O ½ô U ² ;

CA

W O½ UJ O Ý —u ;

CO

WO JO ý

CS

W ¹ e K ¹Ë

CY

W O ;— U/ œ

DA

W O½UðuÐ

DZ

W O½U½u¹

EL

W O ² ½d ³ Ý «

EO

W O½«u² Ý«

ET

W O J OÝ UÐ

EU

W O Ý— U @

FA

W ¹b ½ö M O @

FI

WO − O@

FJ

WOÝ Ë —U @

FO

W O ½U ¹e ¹d @

FY

W ¹b M . d ¹«

GA

W ¹ b M K ðu J Ý

GD

W O ½ U O O . U ž

GL

WO ½«—« už

GN

WOð«—U łuž

GU

W O ÝË U ¼

HA

W¹ bM ¼

HI

W Oð«Ëd ;

HR

W ¹ — U GM ¼

HU

W OM —«

HY

W O . « u GM . d ² ½ «

IA

W O . u GM . d ² ½ «

IE

‫اﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻻﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬

‫‪qô« qHO WHOUu- WIDM*«ØbK%-« …dHO3 ‰Ëb ∫B oLK‬‬
‫¼‪dE½« ¨qO UH².« qł« s Æq¼ô« qHc WHOþË qOGA². qLF²¹ ‰Ëb'« «c‬‬
‫‪AD‬‬

‫اﻧﺪوررا‬

‫‪ER‬‬

‫إرﻳﺘﺮﻳﺎ‬

‫‪AE‬‬

‫اﻹﻣﺎرات اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ اﳌﺘﺤﺪة‬

‫‪ES‬‬

‫إﺳﺒﺎﻧﻴﺎ‬

‫‪LA‬‬

‫‪AF‬‬

‫اﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎن‬

‫‪ET‬‬

‫إﺛﻴﻮﺑﻴﺎ‬

‫‪AG‬‬

‫اﻧﺘﻴﻐﻮا وﺑﺎرﺑﻮدا‬

‫‪FI‬‬

‫ﻓﻨﻠﻨﺪه‬

‫‪LB‬‬
‫‪LC‬‬
‫‪LI‬‬
‫‪LK‬‬
‫‪LR‬‬
‫‪LS‬‬
‫‪LT‬‬
‫‪LU‬‬
‫‪LV‬‬
‫‪LY‬‬

‫‪AI‬‬

‫اﻧﻐﻴﻼ‬

‫‪FJ‬‬

‫ﻓﻴﺠﻲ‬

‫‪AL‬‬

‫اﻟﺒﺎﻧﻴﺎ‬

‫‪FK‬‬

‫ﺟﺰر اﻟﻔﻮﻟﻜﻼﻧﺪ )ﻣﺎﻟﻔﻴﻨﺎس(‬

‫‪FM‬‬

‫ﻣﺎﻳﻜﺮوﻧﻴﺰﻳﺎ )اﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎت‬
‫اﳌﺘﺤﺪة اﳌﺎﻳﻜﺮوﻧﻴﺰﻳﺔ(‬

‫‪FO‬‬

‫ﺟﺰر اﻟﻔﺎرو‬

‫‪FR‬‬

‫ﻓﺮﻧﺴﺎ‬

‫‪FX‬‬

‫ﻓﺮﻧﺴﺎ‪ ,‬اﻟﻌﺎﺻﻤﺔ‬

‫‪GA‬‬

‫اﻟﻐﺎﺑﻮن‬

‫‪GB‬‬

‫اﳌﻤﻠﻜﺔ اﳌﺘﺤﺪة‬

‫‪AM‬‬

‫ارﻣﻴﻨﻴﺎ‬

‫‪AN‬‬

‫اﻧﺘﻴﻠﻴﺰ ﻫﻮﻟﻨﺪ‬

‫‪AO‬‬

‫اﻧﻐﻮﻻ‬

‫‪AQ‬‬

‫اﻟﻘﻄﺐ اﳉﻨﻮﺑﻲ‬

‫‪AR‬‬

‫اﻻرﺟﻨﺘﲔ‬

‫‪AS‬‬

‫ﺳﺎﻣﻮوا اﻻﻣﻴﺮﻛﻴﺔ‬

‫‪AT‬‬

‫اﻟﻨﻤﺴﺎ‬

‫‪AU‬‬

‫اﺳﺘﺮاﻟﻴﺎ‬

‫‪AW‬‬

‫اوروﺑﺎ‬

‫‪AZ‬‬

‫اذرﺑﻴﺠﺎن‬

‫‪BA‬‬

‫اﻟﺒﻮﺳﻨﺔ واﻟﻬﺮﺳﻚ‬

‫‪BB‬‬

‫ﺑﺎرﺑﺎدوس‬

‫‪BD‬‬

‫ﺑﻨﻐﻼدش‬

‫‪BE‬‬

‫ﺑﻠﺠﻴﻜﺎ‬

‫‪BF‬‬

‫ﺑﻮرﻛﻴﻨﺎ ﻓﺎﺳﻮ‬

‫‪BG‬‬

‫ﺑﻠﻐﺎرﻳﺎ‬

‫‪BH‬‬

‫اﻟﺒﺤﺮﻳﻦ‬

‫‪GD‬‬

‫ﻏﺮﻳﻨﺎدا‬

‫‪GE‬‬

‫ﺟﻮرﺟﻴﺎ‬

‫‪GF‬‬

‫ﻏﻴﺎﻧﺎ اﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻴﺔ‬

‫‪GH‬‬

‫ﻏﺎﻧﺎ‬

‫‪GI‬‬

‫ﺟﺒﻞ ﻃﺎرق‬

‫‪GL‬‬

‫ﻏﺮﻳﻨﻠﻨﺪ‬

‫‪GM‬‬

‫ﻏﺎﻣﺒﻴﺎ‬

‫‪GN‬‬

‫ﻏﻴﻨﻴﺎ‬

‫‪GP‬‬

‫ﻏﻮادﻳﻠﻮﺑﻲ‬

‫‪GQ‬‬

‫ﻏﻴﻨﻴﺎ اﻻﺳﺘﻮاﺋﻴﺔ‬

‫‪BI‬‬

‫ﺑﻮروﻧﺪي‬

‫‪GR‬‬

‫اﻟﻴﻮﻧﺎن‬

‫‪BJ‬‬

‫ﺑﻴﻨﲔ‬

‫‪GS‬‬

‫ﺟﻨﻮب ﺟﻮرﺟﻴﺎ وﺟﺰر‬
‫ﺳﺎﻧﺪوﻳﺘﺶ اﳉﻨﻮﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫‪GT‬‬

‫ﻏﻮاﺗﻴﻤﺎﻻ‬

‫‪BM‬‬

‫ﺑﻴﺮﻣﻮدا‬

‫‪BN‬‬

‫ﺑﺮوﻧﻲ دار اﻟﺴﻼم‬

‫‪BO‬‬

‫ﺑﻮﻟﻴﻔﻴﺎ‬

‫‪BR‬‬

‫اﻟﺒﺮازﻳﻞ‬

‫‪BS‬‬

‫‪GU‬‬

‫ﻏﻮام‬

‫‪GW‬‬

‫ﻏﻴﻨﻴﺎ ﺑﻴﺴﺎو‬

‫اﻟﺒﻬﺎﻣﺎ‬

‫‪GY‬‬

‫ﻏﻴﺎﻧﺎ‬

‫‪BT‬‬

‫ﺑﻮﺗﺎن‬

‫‪HK‬‬

‫ﻫﻮﻧﻎ ﻛﻮﻧﻎ‬

‫‪BV‬‬

‫ﺟﺰﻳﺮة ﺑﻮﻓﻴﺖ‬

‫‪HM‬‬

‫ﺟﺰﻳﺮة ﻫﻴﺮد ﺟﺰرﻣﺎك‬
‫دوﻧﺎﻟﺪ‬

‫‪BW‬‬

‫ﺑﻮﺗﺴﻮاﻧﺎ‬

‫‪HN‬‬

‫ﻫﻮﻧﺪوراس‬

‫‪BY‬‬

‫ﺑﻴﻼروﺳﻴﺎ‬

‫‪HR‬‬

‫ﻛﺮواﺗﻴﺎ‬

‫‪BZ‬‬

‫ﺑﻴﻠﻴﺰ‬

‫‪HT‬‬

‫ﻫﺎﻳﺘﻲ‬

‫‪CA‬‬

‫ﻛﻨﺪا‬

‫‪HU‬‬

‫ﻫﻨﻐﺎرﻳﺎ‬

‫‪CC‬‬

‫ﺟﺰر اﻟﻜﻮﻛﻮس )ﻛﻴﻠﻨﻎ(‬

‫‪ID‬‬

‫إﻧﺪوﻧﻴﺴﻴﺎ‬

‫‪CF‬‬

‫ﺟﻤﻬﻮرﻳﺔ اﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺎاﻟﻮﺳﻄﻰ‬

‫‪IE‬‬

‫اﻳﺮﻟﻨﺪا‬

‫‪CG‬‬

‫اﻟﻜﻮﻧﻐﻮ‬

‫‪IL‬‬

‫اﺳﺮاﺋﻴﻞ‬

‫‪CH‬‬

‫ﺳﻮﻳﺴﺮا‬

‫‪IN‬‬

‫اﻟﻬﻨﺪ‬

‫‪CI‬‬

‫ﺳﺎﺣﻞ اﻟﻌﺎج‬

‫‪CK‬‬

‫ﺟﺰر ﻛﻮك‬

‫‪IO‬‬

‫اﻻراﺿﻲ اﻟﺒﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫اﶈﻴﻂ اﻟﻬﻨﺪي‬

‫ا ﳌ ﻌﻠ ﻮ ﻣ ﺎ ت‬
‫ا ﻻ ﺿﺎ ﻓ ﻴ ﺔ‬

‫‪CL‬‬

‫ﺗﺸﻴﻠﻲ‬

‫‪IQ‬‬

‫اﻟﻌﺮاق‬

‫‪CM‬‬

‫اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮون‬

‫‪CN‬‬

‫اﻟﺼﲔ‬

‫‪IR‬‬

‫اﻳﺮان )ﺟﻤﻬﻮرﻳﺔ اﻳﺮان‬
‫اﻻﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ(‬

‫‪CO‬‬

‫ﻛﻮﻟﻮﻣﺒﻴﺎ‬

‫‪IS‬‬

‫آﻳﺴﻠﻨﺪا‬

‫‪IT‬‬

‫إﻳﻄﺎﻟﻴﺎ‬

‫‪JM‬‬

‫ﺟﺎﻣﺎﻳﻜﺎ‬

‫‪JO‬‬

‫اﻻردن‬

‫‪JP‬‬

‫اﻟﻴﺎﺑﺎن‬

‫‪CR‬‬

‫ﻛﻮﺳﺘﺎرﻳﻜﺎ‬

‫‪CU‬‬

‫ﻛﻮﺑﺎ‬

‫‪CV‬‬

‫اﻟﺮأس اﻻﺧﻀﺮ‬

‫‪CX‬‬

‫ﺟﺰر اﻟﻜﺮﻳﺴﻤﺎس‬

‫‪CY‬‬

‫ﻗﺒﺮص‬

‫‪CZ‬‬

‫ﺟﻤﻬﻮرﻳﺔ اﻟﺘﺸﻴﻚ‬

‫‪DE‬‬

‫اﳌﺎﻧﻴﺎ‬

‫‪KE‬‬

‫ﻛﻴﻨﻴﺎ‬

‫‪KG‬‬

‫ﻛﺮﻏﻴﺰﺳﺘﺎن‬

‫‪KH‬‬

‫ﻛﻤﺒﻮدﻳﺎ‬

‫‪DJ‬‬

‫ﺟﻴﺒﻮﺗﻲ‬

‫‪KI‬‬

‫ﻛﻴﺮﻳﺒﻴﺎﺗﻲ‬

‫‪DK‬‬

‫اﻟﺪﳕﺎرك‬

‫‪KM‬‬

‫اﻟﻜﻮﻣﻮروس‬
‫)ﺟﺰر اﻟﻘﻤﺮ(‬

‫‪DM‬‬

‫اﻟﺪوﻣﻴﻨﻴﻜﺎ‬

‫‪DO‬‬

‫ﺟﻤﻬﻮرﻳﺔ اﻟﺪوﻣﻴﻨﻴﻜﺎن‬

‫‪DZ‬‬

‫اﳉﺰاﺋﺮ‬

‫‪KP‬‬

‫‪EC‬‬

‫إﻛﻮادور‬

‫‪KR‬‬

‫ﻛﻮرﻳﺎ‪ ,‬ﺟﻤﻬﻮرﻳﺔ ﻛﻮرﻳﺎ‬

‫‪EE‬‬

‫إﺳﺘﻮﻧﻴﺎ‬

‫‪KW‬‬

‫اﻟﻜﻮﻳﺖ‬

‫‪EG‬‬

‫ﻣﺼﺮ‬

‫‪KY‬‬

‫ﺟﺰر ﻛﺎﳝﺎن‬

‫‪EH‬‬

‫اﻟﺼﺤﺮاء اﻟﻐﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫‪KZ‬‬

‫ﻛﺰاﺧﺴﺘﺎن‬

‫‪KN‬‬

‫ﺳﺎﻧﺖ ﻛﻴﺘﺲ وﻧﻴﻔﻴﺲ‬
‫ﻛﻮرﻳﺎ‪ ,‬ﺟﻤﻬﻮرﻳﺔ ﻛﻮرﻳﺎ‬
‫اﻟﺪﳝﻘﺮاﻃﻴﺔ اﻟﺸﻌﺒﻴﺔ‬

‫‪MA‬‬
‫‪MC‬‬
‫‪MD‬‬
‫‪MG‬‬
‫‪MH‬‬
‫‪ML‬‬
‫‪MM‬‬
‫‪MN‬‬
‫‪MO‬‬

‫‪Æ¥ ¥ W × H‬‬

‫ﺟﻤﻬﻮرﻳﺔ ﻻوس‬
‫اﻟﺪﳝﻘﺮاﻃﻴﺔ اﻟﺸﻌﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺒﻨﺎن‬
‫ﺳﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﻮﺷﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺸﺘﻨﺴﺘﲔ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻳﻼﻧﻜﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺒﻴﺮﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺴﻮﺛﻮ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺜﻮاﻧﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻮﻛﺴﻤﺒﻮرغ‬
‫ﻻﺗﻔﻴﺎ‬
‫اﳉﻤﺎﻫﻴﺮﻳﺔ اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻠﻴﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫اﳌﻐﺮب‬
‫ﻣﻮﻧﺎﻛﻮ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻟﺪوﻓﺎ‪ ,‬ﺟﻤﻬﻮرﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻟﺪوﻓﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺪﻏﺸﻘﺮ‬
‫ﺟﺰر ﻣﺎرﺷﺎل‬
‫ﻣﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺎﳕﺎر‬
‫ﻣﻨﻐﻮﻟﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻛﺎو‬

‫‪MP‬‬

‫ﺟﺰر ﻣﺎرﻳﺎﻧﺎ‬
‫اﻟﺸﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬

‫‪MQ‬‬
‫‪MR‬‬
‫‪MS‬‬
‫‪MT‬‬
‫‪MU‬‬
‫‪MV‬‬
‫‪MW‬‬
‫‪MX‬‬
‫‪MY‬‬
‫‪MZ‬‬
‫‪NA‬‬
‫‪NC‬‬
‫‪NE‬‬
‫‪NF‬‬
‫‪NG‬‬
‫‪NI‬‬
‫‪NL‬‬
‫‪NO‬‬
‫‪NP‬‬
‫‪NR‬‬
‫‪NU‬‬
‫‪NZ‬‬
‫‪OM‬‬
‫‪PA‬‬
‫‪PE‬‬
‫‪PF‬‬
‫‪PG‬‬
‫‪PH‬‬
‫‪PK‬‬
‫‪PL‬‬
‫‪PM‬‬
‫‪PN‬‬
‫‪PR‬‬
‫‪PT‬‬
‫‪PW‬‬
‫‪PY‬‬
‫‪QA‬‬
‫‪RE‬‬
‫‪RO‬‬
‫‪RU‬‬
‫‪RW‬‬

‫ﻣﺎرﺗﻴﻨﻴﻚ‬
‫ﻣﻮرﻳﺘﺎﻧﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻧﺘﺴﻴﺮات‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻟﻄﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻮرﻳﺸﻴﻮس‬
‫ﻣﺎﻟﺪﻳ‪b‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﻻوي‬
‫اﳌﻜﺴﻴﻚ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻟﻴﺰﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻮزاﻣﺒﻴﻖ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺒﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻧﻴﻮ ﻛﺎﻟﻴﺪوﻧﻴﺎ‬
‫اﻟﻨﻴﺠﺮ‬
‫َ‬
‫ﺟﺰﻳﺮة ﻧﻮرﻓﻮﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺠﻴﺮﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻧﻴﻜﺎراﻏﻮا‬
‫ﻫﻮﻟﻨﺪا‬
‫اﻟﻨﺮوﻳﺞ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺒﺎل‬
‫ﻧﺎؤرو‬
‫ﻧﻴﻮي‬
‫ﻧﻴﻮزﻳﻠﻨﺪه‬
‫ﻋﻤﺎن‬
‫ُ‬
‫ﺑﻨﻤﺎ‬
‫َ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺮو‬
‫ﺑﻮﻟﻴﻨﻴﺴﻴﺎ اﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺑﻮا ﻧﻴﻮ ﻏﻴﻨﻴﺎ‬
‫اﻟﻔﻠﺒﲔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻛﺴﺘﺎن‬
‫ﺑﻮﻟﻨﺪا‬
‫ﺳﺎن ﺑﻴﻴﺮ وﻣﻴﻜﻠﻮن‬
‫ﺑﻴﺘﻜﻴﺮن‬
‫ﺑﻮﻳﺮﺗﻮ رﻳﻜﻮ‬
‫اﻟﺒﺮﺗﻐﺎل‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻو‬
‫ﺑﺎراﻏﻮي‬
‫ﻗﻄﺮ‬
‫رﻳﻮﻧﻴﻮن‬
‫روﻣﺎﻧﻴﺎ‬
‫اﻹﲢﺎد اﻟﺮوﺳﻲ‬
‫رواﻧﺪا‬

‫‪SA‬‬

‫اﻟﺴﻌﻮدﻳﺔ‬

‫‪SB‬‬

‫ﺟﺰر ﺳﻮﻟﻮﻣﻮن‬

‫‪SC‬‬

‫ﺳﻴﺸﻴﻞ‬

‫‪SD‬‬

‫اﻟﺴﻮدان‬

‫‪SE‬‬

‫اﻟﺴﻮﻳﺪ‬

‫‪SG‬‬

‫ﺳﻨﻐﺎﻓﻮرة‬

‫‪SH‬‬

‫ﺳﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻴﻠﻴﻨﺎ‬

‫‪SI‬‬

‫ﺳﻠﻮﻓﻴﻨﻴﺎ‬

‫‪SJ‬‬

‫ﺳﻔﺎﻟﺒﺎرد وﺟﺎن ﻣﺎﻳﲔ‪.‬‬

‫‪SK‬‬

‫ﺳﻠﻮﻓﺎﻛﻴﺎ‬

‫‪SL‬‬

‫ﺳﻴﻴﺮا ﻟﻴﻮن‬

‫‪SM‬‬

‫ﺳﺎن ﻣﺎرﻳﻨﻮ‬

‫‪SN‬‬

‫اﻟﺴﻨﻐﺎل‬

‫‪SO‬‬

‫اﻟﺼﻮﻣﺎل‬

‫‪SR‬‬

‫ﺳﻮرﻳﻨﺎم‬

‫‪ST‬‬

‫ﺳﺎو ﺗﻮﻣﻲ وﺑﺮﻳﻨﺴﻴﺒﻲ‬

‫‪SV‬‬

‫اﻟﺴﻠﻔﺎدور‬

‫‪SY‬‬

‫اﳉﻤﻬﻮرﻳﺔ اﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ اﻟﺴﻮرﻳﺔ‬

‫‪SZ‬‬

‫ﺳﻮازﻳﻠﻨﺪ‬

‫‪TC‬‬

‫ﺟﺰر اﻟﺘﺮك وﺗﺸﻴﺎﻛﻮ‬

‫‪TD‬‬

‫ﺗﺸﺎد‬

‫‪TF‬‬

‫اﻻراﺿﻲ اﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻴﺔ اﳉﻨﻮﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫‪TG‬‬

‫ﺗﻮﻏﻮ‬

‫‪TH‬‬

‫ﺗﺎﻳﻠﻨﺪ‬

‫‪TJ‬‬

‫ﻃﺎﺟﻴﻜﺴﺘﺎن‬

‫‪TK‬‬

‫ﺗﻮﻛﻴﻼو‬

‫‪TM‬‬

‫ﺗﺮﻛﻤﻨﺴﺘﺎن‬

‫‪TN‬‬

‫ﺗﻮﻧﺲ‬

‫‪TO‬‬

‫ﺗﻮﻧﻐﺎ‬

‫‪TP‬‬

‫ﺗﻴﻤﻮر اﻟﺸﺮﻗﻴﺔ‬

‫‪TR‬‬

‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺎ‬

‫‪TT‬‬

‫ﺗﺮﻳﻨﻴﺪاد وﺗﻮﺑﺎﻏﻮ‬

‫‪TV‬‬

‫ﺗﻮﻓﺎﻟﻮ‬

‫‪TW‬‬

‫ﺗﺎﻳﻮان‬

‫‪TZ‬‬

‫ﺗﻨﺰاﻧﻴﺎ‪ ,‬ﺟﻤﻬﻮرﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺰاﻧﻴﺎ اﳌﺘﺤﺪة‬

‫‪UA‬‬

‫اوﻛﺮاﻧﻴﺎ‬

‫‪UG‬‬

‫اوﻏﻨﺪا‬

‫‪UM‬‬

‫اﳉﺰر اﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮة اﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪة‬
‫اﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﻻﻳﺎت اﳌﺘﺤﺪة‬

‫‪US‬‬

‫اﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎت اﳌﺘﺤﺪة‬

‫‪UY‬‬

‫اوروﻏﻮي‬

‫‪UZ‬‬

‫اوزﺑﻜﺴﺘﺎن‬

‫‪VA‬‬

‫دوﻟﺔ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ اﻟﻔﺎﺗﻴﻜﺎن )اﻟﺒﺤﺮ اﳌﻘﺪس(‬

‫‪VC‬‬

‫ﺳﺎن ﻓﻨﺴﻨﺖ وﻏﺮﻳﻨﺎدﻳﻦ‬

‫‪VE‬‬

‫ﻓﻨﺰوﻳﻼ‬

‫‪VG‬‬

‫ﺟﺰر ﻓﻴﺮﺟﲔ )اﻟﺒﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ(‬

‫‪VI‬‬

‫ﺟﺰر ﻓﻴﺮﺟﲔ )اﻻﻣﻴﺮﻛﻴﺔ(‬

‫‪VN‬‬

‫ﻓﻴﺘﻨﺎم‬

‫‪VU‬‬

‫ﻓﺎﻧﻮاﺗﻮ‬

‫‪WF‬‬

‫ﺟﺰر واﻟﻴﺲ وﻓﻮﺗﻮﻧﺎ‬

‫‪WS‬‬

‫ﺳﺎﻣﻮوا‬

‫‪YE‬‬

‫اﻟﻴﻤﻦ‬

‫‪YT‬‬

‫ﻣﺎﻳﻮت‬

‫‪YU‬‬

‫ﻳﻮﻏﺴﻼﻓﻴﺎ‬

‫‪ZA‬‬

‫ﺟﻨﻮب اﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺎ‬

‫‪ZM‬‬

‫زاﻣﺒﻴﺎ‬

‫‪ZR‬‬

‫زاﺋﻴﺮ‬

‫‪ZW‬‬

‫زﳝﺒﺎﺑﻮي‬

‫∏‪µ‬‬
‫‪02.5.23, 8:48 PM‬‬

‫‪58‬‬

‫‪XV-C3SL 52-58Ara‬‬

XV-C3SL / LET0213-008A / Back bone

Instructions

DVD VIDEO PLAYER

XV-C3SL



Source Exif Data:
File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.3
Linearized                      : No
Create Date                     : 2002:05:21 14:34:19
Producer                        : Acrobat Distiller 4.05 for Windows
Modify Date                     : 2002:08:07 09:54:40+09:00
Title                           : LET0213-008A_Eng
Author                          : JVC
Page Count                      : 121
EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

Navigation menu